You are on page 1of 189

DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION OF 3-WINDING TRANSFORMERS PD500

02***** Models
Instruction Manual
UME_PD500_eng Rev: I (10/10)
All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced by whatever means, without
the prior written permission of Ingeteam T&D.

Ingeteam T&D reserves the right to make any


changes without prior notice.
INDEX

1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ..........................................................................................................................................6


1.1 Functions ..........................................................................................................................................................6
1.2 Hardware description ..........................................................................................................................................6
1.2.1 Analogue inputs ........................................................................................................................................6
1.2.2 GPS synchronizing input (IRIG-B) ............................................................................................................... 6
1.2.3 Digital inputs ............................................................................................................................................7
1.2.4 Digital outputs ..........................................................................................................................................7
1.2.5 User interface ...........................................................................................................................................7
1.2.6 Communications .......................................................................................................................................7
1.2.7 CPU.........................................................................................................................................................7
1.2.8 Self-testing...............................................................................................................................................8
1.3 Wiring diagrams .................................................................................................................................................9
1.3.1 Pin type analogue input models ................................................................................................................ 10
1.3.2 Closed type analogue input models ........................................................................................................... 11
1.3.3 Detail of RS485 connection among several units ........................................................................................ 12
1.4 Model coding ...................................................................................................................................................13
2. PROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS ....................................................................................... 14
2.1 Measurement calculation ..................................................................................................................................14
2.2 Protection functions .........................................................................................................................................14
2.3 Differential protection.......................................................................................................................................14
2.3.1 Percentage characteristic .........................................................................................................................15
2.3.2 Harmonic restraint ..................................................................................................................................15
2.3.3 Instantaneous differential unit .................................................................................................................. 16
2.4 Restricted earth protection ................................................................................................................................16
2.5 Phase overcurrent protection .............................................................................................................................16
2.5.1 Timed characteristic ................................................................................................................................17
2.5.2 Instantaneous characteristic ..................................................................................................................... 17
2.6 Neutral overcurrent protection ...........................................................................................................................17
2.6.1 Timed characteristics ..............................................................................................................................18
2.6.2 Instantaneous characteristic ..................................................................................................................... 18
2.7 Ground overcurrent protection ...........................................................................................................................18
2.7.1 Timed characteristic ................................................................................................................................19
2.7.2 Instantaneous characteristic ..................................................................................................................... 19
2.8 Current unbalance protection ............................................................................................................................19
2.8.1 Timed characteristic ................................................................................................................................20
2.8.2 Instantaneous characteristic ..................................................................................................................... 20
2.9 Breaker failure protection..................................................................................................................................20
2.10 Thermal image ...............................................................................................................................................21
2.10.1 General description ...............................................................................................................................21
2.10.2 Settings ...............................................................................................................................................21
2.10.3 Trip times ............................................................................................................................................22
2.10.4 Heating curves ......................................................................................................................................22
2.10.5 Cooling curves ......................................................................................................................................23
2.11 Frequency protection ......................................................................................................................................25
2.11.1 Minimum frequency ..............................................................................................................................25
2.11.2 Maximum frequency ..............................................................................................................................25
2.12 Overvoltage protection ....................................................................................................................................25
2.13 Undervoltage protection ..................................................................................................................................25
2.13.1 General description ...............................................................................................................................25
2.13.2 Setting ranges of the timed characteristic (3 tables) ................................................................................. 26
2.13.3 Setting ranges of the instantaneous characteristic (3 tables)...................................................................... 26
2.14 Overexcitation protection ................................................................................................................................27
2.14.1 5th level harmonic .................................................................................................................................27
2.14.2 V/f .......................................................................................................................................................27
3. AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS .........................................................................................................................................28
3.1 Breaker monitoring ...........................................................................................................................................28
3.1.1 Breaker operating logic ............................................................................................................................28
3.1.2 Coil monitoring .......................................................................................................................................28
3.1.3 Open command ......................................................................................................................................29
3.1.4 Close command ......................................................................................................................................29
3.2 Function 86 ....................................................................................................................................................29

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual III
INDEX

4. CONFIGURATION SETTING ....................................................................................................................................30


4.1 Special settings ...............................................................................................................................................30
4.1.1 Frequency ..............................................................................................................................................30
4.1.2 Languages ..............................................................................................................................................30
4.1.3 Phase order: ...........................................................................................................................................30
4.2 General settings ...............................................................................................................................................30
4.3 General settings for transformer differential ........................................................................................................ 31
4.4 Inputs programming .........................................................................................................................................31
4.5 Output relays programming ...............................................................................................................................32
4.6 LEDs programming ...........................................................................................................................................33
4.7 Logic signals programming ................................................................................................................................33
5. DATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................................................35
5.1 Events reports..................................................................................................................................................35
5.2 Fault reports ....................................................................................................................................................36
5.3 Oscillograph data recording ...............................................................................................................................36
5.4 Historical measurements record .........................................................................................................................37
5.5 Measurements .................................................................................................................................................38
5.5.1 Via keyboard/display ................................................................................................................................38
5.5.2 Via PC (Protection console) ......................................................................................................................38
5.6 Statistical data ................................................................................................................................................39
5.7 Protection status ..............................................................................................................................................39
5.7.1 Via keyboard / display ..............................................................................................................................39
5.7.2 Via PC (Protection console) ......................................................................................................................39
6. OTHER FUNCTIONS...............................................................................................................................................40
6.1 Time setting and synchronization .......................................................................................................................40
6.1.1 Time setting ...........................................................................................................................................40
6.1.2 Synchronisation ......................................................................................................................................40
6.1.3 IRIG-B ...................................................................................................................................................40
6.2 Control messages .............................................................................................................................................40
7. OPERATION MODE ................................................................................................................................................43
7.1 Using the keyboard/display................................................................................................................................43
7.1.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................................................................43
7.1.2 Keyboard/display unit elements ................................................................................................................ 43
7.1.3 Operating mode ......................................................................................................................................43
7.2 Via PC ............................................................................................................................................................45
APPENDIX I. KEYBOARD / DISPLAY ............................................................................................................................46
APPENDIX II. TIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES ......................................................................................................... 65
II.1. CEI/BS142 curves ..........................................................................................................................................65
II.2. ANSI Curves ...................................................................................................................................................74
APPENDIX III. LOGIC DIAGRAMS ................................................................................................................................83
APPENDIX IV. SETTINGS FROM FACTORY ................................................................................................................... 93
APPENDIX V. DIFFERENTIAL CURRENT CALCULATION.............................................................................................. 112
APPENDIX VI. USAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION............................................................................ 117
VI.1. Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................................................... 117
VI.2. Settings ...................................................................................................................................................... 118
VI.3. Control messages ......................................................................................................................................... 121
VI.4. Data acquisition functions............................................................................................................................. 121
VI.5. Breaker ....................................................................................................................................................... 122
APPENDIX VII. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS ......................................................................................................... 123
VII.1. Auxiliary power supply ................................................................................................................................. 123
VII.2. Output contacts .......................................................................................................................................... 123
VII.3. Digital inputs .............................................................................................................................................. 123
VII.4. Current circuits ........................................................................................................................................... 124
VII.5. Voltage circuits ........................................................................................................................................... 124
VII.6. Environmental conditions ............................................................................................................................. 124
VII.7. Mechanical characteristics ........................................................................................................................... 124

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual IV
INDEX

VII.8. Dimensions ................................................................................................................................................ 125


VII.9. Rear terminals ............................................................................................................................................ 125
VII.10. Rear terminal options depending on model, FOF, POF, RS232 or RS485 ....................................................... 126
APPENDIX VIII. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS .......................................................................................................... 127
VIII.1. emc tests .................................................................................................................................................. 127
VIII.2. Weather tests ............................................................................................................................................ 127
VIII.3. Mechanical tests ........................................................................................................................................ 127
APPENDIX IX. RECEPTION, STORAGE, INSTALLATION AND TESTS............................................................................. 128
IX.1. Reception and storage .................................................................................................................................. 128
IX.2. Connecting procedure ................................................................................................................................... 128
IX.3. Unit addressing............................................................................................................................................ 129
IX.4. Commisioning .............................................................................................................................................. 130
APPENDIX X. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................... 131
X.1. Failure detection ........................................................................................................................................... 131
X.2. Actuating against errors ................................................................................................................................. 132
APPENDIX XI. CHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT) ............................................................................................. 133
XI.1. General ....................................................................................................................................................... 133
XI.2. Installation .................................................................................................................................................. 134
XI.3. Measurments ............................................................................................................................................... 145
XI.4. Protection functions ..................................................................................................................................... 149
APPENDIX XII. DNP PROTOCOL ................................................................................................................................ 178
XII.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... 178
XII.2. Function structure ....................................................................................................................................... 178
XII.3. DEVICE PROFILE DOCUMENT ..................................................................................................................... 181
XII.4. Implementation table .................................................................................................................................. 182
XII.5. Parameter configuration ............................................................................................................................... 184
XII.6. DNP3 point list ........................................................................................................................................... 187

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual V
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
In this document, the characteristics of the differential protection of 3-winding PD500 are indicated. It is composed by two
volumes: the first one has the functional information, meanwhile the second one contains the appendixes.

This unit is the basic element used for the protection, measurement and control of 3-winding electrical transformer bays. It may
be used as an independent device or integrated within an Integrated Protection and Control system.

The unit is based in a microprocessor and a DSP joint through the shared RAM and direct lines.

1.1 FUNCTIONS
Protection Data acquisition
Three-phase percent differential protection with harmonic
Events chronological reports
restraint
Three-phase instantaneous differential protection Faults chronological reports
Restricted earth protection (for two windings) Measurements chronological reports
Thermal image overload protection, for each winding Oscillography
Phase and neutral overcurrent protection for each winding Self-testing
Phase unbalance protection for each winding Power supply: 5V, 0V y 12V
Ground overcurrent (2 independent units) A/D converter
Overexcitation protection V/f DSP
Underfrequency protection (4 steps) and overfrecuency Clock
Overvoltage protection E2rom
Undervoltage protection Digital outputs
Measurements RAM
Phase current for each winding EPROM
Grounding currents Other characteristics
Differential current for each phase Time synchronization
Restraint current for each phase Logic function programming
2nd and 5th harmonic component for each phase differential
RAM with battery
current
Setting tables. 3 possible tables. Active table selection via
Voltage of the winding wired to the voltage analogue input
keyboard/display, message or digital input activation.
Calculated temperature (in %). Thermal image for each
winding.
Surveillance functions
Trip and close circuit monitoring for three breakers
3 breaker monitoring
Open and close commands
Trip lockout until manual restore (86)

1.2 HARDWARE DESCRIPTION

1.2.1 Analogue inputs


There are 11 current inputs (9 for each windings phases and 2 for the groundings) and 1 voltage input. The nominal
current can be 1A and 5A; and the nominal voltage is programmable. They can work with 50 and 60 Hz signals,
programmable.

More details in Technical characteristics appendix.

1.2.2 GPS synchronizing input (IRIG-B)


The unit has an input for synchronizing via GPS, through a demodulated IRIG-B time code (TTL levels).

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 6
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.2.3 Digital inputs


The unit has 16 optoisolated digital inputs.

More details in Technical characteristics appendix

1.2.4 Digital outputs


The unit has 20 digital outputs with different speeds and breaking capacities.

More details in Technical characteristics appendix

1.2.5 User interface


The unit has:

16 key keyboard
2 line, 16 character display
12 red LEDs and 1 green/red LED

1.2.6 Communications
The unit has a RS232 direct link connector to a PC; this communication uses Procome protocol.

Depending on model, it has on the rear plate one or two glass optical fibre connections (ST type connector), RS232 or
RS485 for connections via PC, modem or Substation Control Unit (in Integrated systems). In those cases of double
interface , one of them (Port 1) is dedicated to control and it is carried out according to DNP 3.0 communication
protocol. The second one, (Port 2) works in parallel to the front, Procome Protocol, to be used with the SIPCON/P
console.

Model 02: Dedicated to control, it is carried out according to communication protocol DNP 3.0.
Models 01: Protocol PROCOME version 3.0 in order to generate the communication messages sent to the PC or
to the remote.

1.2.7 CPU
The main elements in the unit are:

Microprocessor
DSP
14 bits analogue-digital converter
RAM memory for the microprocessor
EPROM memory for the microprocessor
Shared RAM for the exchange
RAM memory for the DSP
EPROM memory for the DSP
Serial e2rom memory
The unit block diagrams is the one shown in figure 1.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 7
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

Display LEDs

Digital
Keyboard
outputs

Synchronism Digital
clock inputs

IRIG-B RAM
input micro

EPROM
PC console Microprocessor
micro

E2ROM
Shared RAM
RAM
DSP

Analog.
inputs
EPROM
A/D converter DSP
DSP

Figure 1. Block diagram

1.2.8 Self-testing
The protection executes the self-testing of the different elements that make up the hardware, generating alarms when
any anomaly is detected. The detected hardware errors are grouped in critical errors, those that can affect the
protection functions and non-critical errors, they do not affect protection functions. If a failure is detected, the alarm
is kept until it has disappeared.

The errors detected by the self-testing generate events that indicate the type of failure and/or if it is considered critical
or not. If the error disappears an event is generated indicating it.

Critical errors act on the hardware alarm relay and generate control signals.

Next are the checked elements and their effects:

Power supply: 5V, 0V y 12V. It generates a critical error event. It acts on the alarm output.
A/D converter. Generates a critical and specific error event. It acts on the alarm output.
Reference voltage. Generates a critical and specific error event. It acts on the alarm output.
DSP. Generates a critical and specific error event. It acts on the alarm output.
Clock. Generates a non-critical and specific error event.
E2rom. Critical for the protection parameters, non-critical for the rest (indicated in events). It also generates an
specific event.
Digital outputs. Generates a critical and specific error event. It acts on the alarm output.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 8
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

RAM. Critical error. It acts on the alarm output.


EPROM. Critical error. It acts on the alarm output.

1.3 WIRING DIAGRAMS


The figure shows digital inputs and outputs without assigning any function. See Input programming and Output
programming sections for programming possibilities.

The order of phase sequence is programmable via keyboard/display. (See Other settings-Special setting)

There are two different wiring diagrams depending on the terminal type of the analogue inputs:

Pin type terminal


Closed terminals

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 9
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.3.1 Pin type analogue input models

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 10
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.3.2 Closed type analogue input models

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 11
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.3.3 Detail of RS485 connection among several units

Although there is an internal connection between pins 1 and 2, and between pins 3 and 4, if connection is carried out
on bus side, as it is shown in the figure, the unit can be removed without causing any loss of the chain continuity.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 12
12BGENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.4 MODEL CODING

The points to take into account in the manual according to the model type are the following ones:

Protocols:
1: what regarding DNP protocol is not applied.
2: it disposes of DNPprotocol
Power supply: See technical characteristics
Rated currents. They affect to the setting and measurement ranges.
Analogue input terminals: they affect to the wiring diagram
Temperature: See technical characteristics

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 13
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2. PROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.1 MEASUREMENT CALCULATION


The measurements calculation is made at 24 samples per cycle with 16 bits accuracy.

For each sample, module and angle are calculated for the fundamental frequency component of all voltages and currents, and
also positive, negative and zero sequence components.

Differential components are calculated as explained in appendix V.

2.2 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS


Protection functions are those that can act on the relays programmed as TRIP, which are in charge of opening the breaker
automatically, when a fault is detected.

Each of the protection functions is independent from the others, having each of the its settings and generating different
signals (outputs, leds, events, ...).

Apart from the specific settings for each function, all of them have next settings (independent for each function):

Enable. Must be set as YES for the function to be executed, setting it as NO is as if the function did not exist.
TRIP permission. It only works if Enable is set as YES and trip conditions are fulfilled, relays programmed as
GENERAL TRIP are activated, if it is set as NO only the relays corresponding to the functions specific trip are
activated.
LOCKING input. It only works if Enable is set as YES. In this case, while the programmed digital input is activated,
the actuation of the function is locked. If no locking input is wanted for no function, it must be programmed as 0.
Settings tables. All units of all functions have three setting tables, in a certain moment, only one of them is active.

2.3 DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION


The protection is equivalent to 3 single-phase differential relays. It is a two-type restraint characteristic: by percentage and by
harmonic content.

The differential current calculation is explained in the appendix V.

The differential protection follows the next graph:

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 14
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

Idifferential=I1+I2+I3

Trip zone without harmonic restrain

Instantaneous trip

Trip zone with harmonic


restrain
2

Sensitivity 1
Ires

Ires1 Ires2

2.3.1 Percentage characteristic


It is a double slope characteristic, and corresponds to the zone of the graph with harmonic restraint.

The protection acts when the differential current is inside the trip zone with harmonic restraint (see graph) and 2nd and
5th harmonic components do not cause restraint.

Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min Max Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
Block input 0 16 1
Sensitivity (A) 0.1*In 1*In 0.1 In 1A or 5 A acc. to rated current
Restraint current step 1 (A) 0*In 1*In 0.1
Restraint current step 2 (A) 1*In 20*In 0.1
Alpha 1 (%) 15 100 1
Alpha 2 (%) 50 200 1
Additional timing (s) 0 10 0.01

The settings refer to currents in units terminals in the high voltage side. The current compensation is carried out
internally on the low side in order to reference them to the high side.

2.3.2 Harmonic restraint


The protection discriminates the inrush currents by means of the differential currents 2nd harmonic component, and
the transformer overexcitation is discriminated by means of 5th harmonic.

When the 2nd and 5th harmonic component of differential current, in one or more phases, exceeds the set percentage,
the trip will be depending on the enabling:

NO: it inhibits in no phase.


YES: it inhibits in the three phases.
PHASE: It inhibits only in the phases exceeding the harmonic setting.
The settings (3 tables) are the following ones:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


2nd harmonic restraint enabling NO/YES/ PHASE
2nd harmonic restraint threshold (%) 10 65 1
5th harmonic restraint enabling NO/YES/ PHASE
5th harmonic restraint threshold (%) 10 65 1

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 15
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.3.3 Instantaneous differential unit


The actuation of the protection happens when the differential current exceeds the programmed value. It does not have
harmonic restraint

Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enabled YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
Pickup 2*In 20*In 0.1 In 1 or 5 A, acc. to rated current
Additional time (s) 0 10 0.01

2.4 RESTRICTED EARTH PROTECTION


It has 2 independent units. There are 2 restricted earth units, RE1 (Restricted Earth 1) and RE2, which use respectively IG1
and IG2 transformers. The winding to compare with, is programmable for each of them.

This function is used when there is an earth connected star and it has a current measurement transformer in that connection.
The function compares the current flowing through the neutral transformer with the current flowing through the restricted
earth transformer. If the difference between them. (algebraic sum), once their corresponding transformation ratios have been
applied, exceeds the set threshold (applied the neutral transformation ratios) the general trip(if TRIP permission is set as
YES) and Trip due to restricted earth signals are activated.

The settings are independent of each unit:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enabled YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
Comparation winding 1. 2 or 3
0.5 100 For 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.1 20 For 1 AP
Additional timing (s) 0 10 0.01

2.5 PHASE OVERCURRENT PROTECTION


It has 3 units, one for each of the windings. Functions 50/51.

P Valid values from P version

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 16
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.5.1 Timed characteristic


Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 20.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 4.0 In = 1 A
Definitive time
Normal inverse IEC-BSC curve
Very inverse IEC-BSC curve
Extremely inverse IEC-BSC curve
Curve type User IEC-BSC curve
Normal inverse ANSI curve
Very inverse ANSI curve
Extremely inverse ANSI curve
User ANSI curve
0.05 1.09 0.01 For IEC curves
Time index
0.5 30 0.1 For ANSI curves
Definite time (s) 0.0 100.0 0.1

The pickup current is set in secondary Amps.

The relay trips, in definite time, once the programmed time, starting when the pickup current is exceeded, has
elapsed, regardless of the actual current value.

When working with a curve, the time it takes to trip depends upon the curve selected (group and index) and the
current and pickup current quotient. If the quotient is greater than 40, 40 is used for the calculation.

2.5.2 Instantaneous characteristic


The relay trips once elapsed the programmed time after the current has exceeded the programmed value, regardless of
the current value.

Settings (3 tables) are:

Settings Min Max Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 100.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 20.0 In = 1 A
Additional time (s) 0.00 10.00 0.01

The pickup current is set in secondary Amps.

2.6 NEUTRAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION


It has 3 units, one for each of the windings.

In earthed neutral utilities, neutral directional overcurrent protection, applied to the vectorial sum of the phase currents, with
the same possibilities as those described for phases and independent settings (function 50N/51N).

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 17
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.6.1 Timed characteristics


Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 20.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 4.0 In = 1 A
Definitive time
Normal inverse IEC-BSC curve
Very inverse IEC-BSC curve
Extremely inverse IEC-BSC curve
Curve type User IEC-BSC curve
Normal inverse ANSI curve
Very inverse ANSI curve
Extremely inverse ANSI curve
User ANSI curve
0.05 1.09 0.01 For IEC curves
Time index
0.5 30 0.1 For ANSI curves
Definite time (s) 0.0 100.0 0.1

The remarks about curves are the same as the ones given for phase overcurrent.

2.6.2 Instantaneous characteristic


It has 2 independents units (level 1 and level 2), with independent settings for each one:

Setting Min Max Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 100.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 20.0 In = 1 A
Additional time (s) 0.00 10.00 0.01

The pickup current is set in secondary Amps.

The remarks about additional time are the same as the ones given for phase overcurrent.

2.7 GROUND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION


It has two independent units (also called neutral units). They use the neutral measurements (transformer 4 for unit 1 and
transformer 8 for unit 2).

In windings with grounding, overcurrent protection applied to the current measured in the grounding, with the same
characteristics as those described for phases and independent settings (functions 50G/51G).

Each of these units are associated to the winding shown in the setting comparation winding of the restricted earth units.

Operation example: if the restricted earth 1 comparation winding setting shows that unit 1 grounding is associated to winding
1, any trip of this unit will act over the signals associated to winding 1 overcurrent.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 18
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.7.1 Timed characteristic


Settings (3 tables) are independent for each of the units:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 20.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 4.0 In = 1 A
Definitive time
Normal inverse IEC-BSC curve
Very inverse IEC-BSC curve
Extremely inverse IEC-BSC curve
Curve type User IEC-BSC curve
Normal inverse ANSI curve
Very inverse ANSI curve
Extremely inverse ANSI curve
User ANSI curve
0.05 1.09 0.01 For IEC curves
Time index
0.5 30 0.1 For ANSI curves
Definite time (s) 0.0 100.0 0.1

The remarks about curves are the same as the ones given for phase overcurrent.

2.7.2 Instantaneous characteristic


Each unit has two levels, with independent settings (3 tables):

Setting Min. Max. Step0 Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 100.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 20.0 In = 1 A
Additional time (s) 0.00 10.00 0.01

The pickup current is set in secondary Amps.

The remarks about additional time are the same as the ones given for phase overcurrent.

2.8 CURRENT UNBALANCE PROTECTION


It has 3 units, one for each of the windings.

It has instantaneous and timed characteristics for the current unbalance protection

This protection works the same way as the phase overcurrent protection using 3 times the negative sequence current module
as the input measure.

3 I 2 = Ia + a 2 Ib + a Ic Where a=1|120

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 19
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.8.1 Timed characteristic


Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 20.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 4.0 In = 1 A
Definitive time
Normal inverse IEC-BSC curve
Very inverse IEC-BSC curve
Extremely inverse IEC-BSC curve
Curve type User IEC-BSC curve
Normal inverse ANSI curve
Very inverse ANSI curve
Extremely inverse ANSI curve
User ANSI curve
0.05 1.09 0.01 For IEC curves
Time index
0.5 30 0.1 For ANSI curves
Definite time (s) 0 100.0 0.1

The remarks about curves are the same as the ones given for phase overcurrent.

2.8.2 Instantaneous characteristic


Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
1 100.0 In = 5 A
Pickup (A) 0.1
0.2 20.0 In = 1 A
Additional time (s) 0.00 10.00 0.01

The remarks about additional time are the same as the ones given for phase overcurrent

2.9 BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION


It has 3 units, one for each of the windings.

Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Note


Enable YES/NO
Block input 0 16 1
0.5 100.0 0.1 In = 5 A
Phase restore (A)
0.1 20.0 0.1 In = 1 A
0.5 100.0 0.1 In = 5 A
Neutral restore (A)
0.1 20.0 0.1 In = 1 A
Definite time (sec) 0.05 10.00 0.01

If the function is enabled, it operates as follows: if the unit gives a trip signal or an external protection actuation signal is
received through a digital input, a timer is activated, if after a period of time programmed as definite time, the current in
any phase exceeds the amount programmed as phase restore or the neutral current is greater than the neutral restore, the
relay programmed as Open failure with overcurrent is activated. The relay is only deactivated when the phase and neutral
currents are below their restore values.

The external protection signal may be an impulse type signal.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 20
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

In this type of operation, the current values are taken into consideration and not the digital input of the breaker status.

2.10 THERMAL IMAGE

2.10.1 General description


It has independent units for each of the windings.

This function calculates the temperature according to the current and recent transformer load conditions. This
temperature is displayed in the display and console as a % of the trip value; If the function is enabled, when the
programmed value is reached a warning relay is activated and when it reaches 100% , the thermal image trip signal is
activated. Once it has tripped due to this cause, the signal does not relapse meanwhile the calculated temperature
remains above the 75%. The calculated temperature can be reseted via keyboard/display by means of the R
pushbutton or by console command

The trip time is given by the attached curves, they provide the time according to the ratio between the current and the
programmed nominal current, according to the programmed heating constant. They respond to the following formula
(starting from temperature 0):

being

t: Trip time

1: Heating constant
I: Average current
I0: Programmed nominal current
For the cooling being tripped there is another programmable time constant.

2.10.2 Settings
Setting Min. Max Step Notes
Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES /NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
Heating time constant (min) 3 60 1
Cooling time constant (min) 3 180 1
Alarm threshold (%) 60 100 1
Nominal current (A) 0.2 6.0 0.1

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 21
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.10.3 Trip times

2.10.4 Heating curves


The heating curve is calculated from the following formula:

Being:
Tf = Final temperature
Ti = Start temperature
t = Time

1 = Heating time constant

For Ti = 0 the formula is reduced to

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 22
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

As

The heating curve is

The following figures gives the heating curves with time constants of 3 min, for I/I0 = 1 and for I/I0 = 2

2.10.5 Cooling curves


The cooling curve is calculated from the following formula

being:

Tf = Final temperature
Ti = Start temperature
t = Time
= Cooling time constant
From Ti = 1 (100 en %), temperature at which the trip occurs, in order to reach the final temperature Tf = 0 ( that is
with current I = 0), the formula is reduced to

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 23
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

Example: cooling curve with constant of 3 minutes

Heating and cooling combined examples:

1. Lets assume that it is heated for 200 sec with I/I0 =1, the following 200 sec (without tripping) with I/I0 = 2, and
from that moment on it turns indefinitely to I/I0 = 1 (both time constants are 3 minutes long):

2. Lets assume that it is heated for 200 sec with I/I0 = 0.5, then with I/I0 = 1.5 until reaching the 100%, when it
trips, from that moment on it is cooled with I//I0 = 0 (both time constants are 3 minutes long).

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 24
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

2.11 FREQUENCY PROTECTION


The frequency is measured in the voltage analogue input.

2.11.1 Minimum frequency


This function has 4 steps. For each step An output relay is activated if the frequency remains below the pickup value
during a time equal to the programmed time. Once it has started up, but before the relay is activated, it relapses if the
frequency is correct for two cycles.

The settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO (for each step)
TRIP permission YES/NO (for each step)
BLOCK input 0 16 1 (for each step)
Pickup (Hz) 45 65 0.01 (for each step)
Definite time (s) 0.1 10.0 0.01 (for each step)
Minimum supervision voltage (V) 40 120 1

The minimum voltage setting is common to both minimum (four steps) and maximum frequency functions

2.11.2 Maximum frequency


This function causes a trip if the frequency is above the set value during a time equal to the programmed time. Once it
has started up, and before tripping, it relapses if the frequency is correct for two cycles..

The settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
Pickup (Hz) 45 65 0.01
Definite time (s) 0.1 10.0 0.01

2.12 OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION


This function causes a trip if the voltage is above the set value during a time equal to the programmed time

Settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
Pickup (V) 50 150 1
Definite time (s) 0.5 1000.0 0.1

2.13 UNDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION

2.13.1 General description


The undervoltage phase protection compares the voltage with the threshold set as an adjustment. If the voltage is below the
set threshold it will activate itself. If it exceeds 102% which is just over the limit, the voltage will fall again. This unit acts on
the main trigger.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 25
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

Timed characteristic:
Inverse time. ( I BSC or I ANSI)
Very inverse time. (MI BSC or MI ANSI)
Extremely inverse time. (EI BSC or EI ANSI)
Moderately inverse time (ANSI)
User curve
Definite time.

Instantaneous characteristic:
Instantaneous unit.
Additional time.
The functioning of this function does not cause automatic reclosing.

2.13.2 Setting ranges of the timed characteristic (3 tables)


Setting Min. Max. Step Notes
Enable YES/NO
Pickup (V) 10 165 0,1
Definitive time
Normal inverse IEC-BSC curve
Very inverse IEC-BSC curve
Extremely inverse IEC-BSC
curve
Curve type
User IEC-BSC curve
Normal inverse ANSI curve
Very inverse ANSI curve
Extremely inverse ANSI curve
User ANSI curve
0,05 1,09 0,01 For IEC curves
Time index
0,5 30,0 0,1 For ANSI curves
Definite time (s) 0,0 600,0 0,01
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1

These settings can be found in the console on the screen Additional protections.

The timed curves are the same as the ones used by the overcurrent protection units.

The pickup voltage is set to secondary Volts.

Working with definite time the relay trips once expired the programmed time since descending below the pickup
voltage, independently of the voltage value.

Working with curve, the tripping time depends on the selected curve (family and index) and on the voltage value. In
the Appendix II are given the graphics and formula for calculating of time, in function of the ratio between the starting
voltage and the voltage.

The remarks about times are the same as the ones quoted for the overcurrent function.

2.13.3 Setting ranges of the instantaneous characteristic (3 tables)


Setting Min. Max. Step Notes
Enable SI/NO
Pickup (V) 10 165 0,1
Additional time (s) 0,00 100,00 0,01
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1

These settings can be found in the console on the screen Additional protections.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 26
13BPROTECTION FUNCTIONS. DESCRIPTION AND SETTINGS

The tripping voltage is set to secondary Volts.

The remarks about times are the same as the ones quoted for the overcurrent function.

2.14 OVEREXCITATION PROTECTION


There are 3 units, one for 5th level harmonic and two for V/f.

2.14.1 5th level harmonic


5th level current harmonic component related to fundamental is measured in the primary winding. This unit causes a
trip, if the 5th harmonic component in any phase is higher than the set value whithin the programmed time.

The settings (3 tables) are:

Setting Min Max Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
Minimal current 0.20 In 1 In 0.01 In
Pickup (%) 5 100 1
Definite time (sec) 0 1000 1

2.14.2 V/f
It has 2 independent units.

The ratio between voltage and frequency is measured, the trip happens when this value is higher than the set value
within the programmed time.

The settings (3 tables) for each unit are:

Setting Min. Max. Step Notes


Enable YES/NO
TRIP permission YES/NO
BLOCK input 0 16 1
Minimum voltage 50 150 1
Pickup (V/Hz) 1.00 4.00 0.01
Definite time (sec) 0 1000 1

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 27
14BAUXILIARY FUNCTIONS

3. AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS

3.1 BREAKER MONITORING


It has 3 units, one for each breaker. There is a setting table for each breaker.

This function is applied independently to 3 breakers.

The settings are:

Setting Min Max Step Notes


Trip locking YES/NO
Breaker open failure timing (sec) 0.1 5.0 0.01
Close locking YES/NO
Breaker close failure timing (sec) 0.1 5.0 0.01
kI2 alarm threshold 0 65,535 1
kI2 initial value 0 65,535 1
Trip circuit monitoring enable YES/NO
Close circuit monitoring enable YES/NO

Trip locking: If it is set as YES when a trip signal is activated, it remains this way until you see the breaker open,
although the cause has disappeared. If set as NO the trip signal disappears when the current falls below the drop
level (although the relay excitation is guaranteed for at least 100 ms.).

Close locking: If it is set as YES when a close signal is activated, it remains until you see the breaker close. It is
removed if the breaker failure happens.

An event is also generated every time the kI2 counter exceeds the programmed threshold, after a trip. In this
situation, the corresponding signal is sent to control. At any time, the counter can be set to its initial value via
command.

3.1.1 Breaker operating logic


The trip and close failure time units allow enough time from the moment the corresponding command is issued and
the breaker actuation signal is received, in order to consider it has worked correctly. If such is not the case, an event
signal is sent to control and a relay is activated (if there is any programmed with this function) for open failure and
another one for close failure.

3.1.2 Coil monitoring


This function monitors circuits, and so detects any anomalous situation, with both open and closed breakers.
Monitoring inputs must be allocated(open circuit with open breaker and with closed breaker, close circuit with open
breaker and with closed breaker). It is activated 20 seconds after the failure detection and it remains while the failure
remains. It generates events and can be connected to any of the units physical outputs.

Next picture shows a close circuit monitoring example. The connections for the trip circuit are similar.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 28
14BAUXILIARY FUNCTIONS

3.1.3 Open command


It acts on the breaker as a trip. The command for each winding can be given via digital input or communications, but
it can only be given via communications for the three windings. It generates an event.

3.1.4 Close command


It acts on the breaker as a closure. The command for each winding can be given via digital input or communications,
but it can only be given via communications for the three windings. It generates an event.

3.2 FUNCTION 86
It consists of the activation of the relays programmed with the function 86 when the differential trip (instantaneous or
percentage) happens, those relays are used as breaker close circuit locking.

The relays are deactivated by activating the Close unlocking input or by pushing the R key or via command from the
console.

The only setting associated to this function is the enable setting (YES, enabled, NO disabled).

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 29
15BCONFIGURATION SETTING

4. CONFIGURATION SETTING

4.1 SPECIAL SETTINGS


These are general settings that feature the protection operating mode. In principle, these settings should be adjusted only
once during the commissioning (or never if the user has specified how the unit must be set, when making the order)

These settings are only accessible via keyboard/display and to change them an additional password must be known (See
operating mode via keyboard/display). The settings are as follows:

4.1.1 Frequency
It can be 50 Hz or 60 Hz. It is the protections basic setting. If it is not correct, measurements and therefore
protections actuation are erroneous

4.1.2 Languages
It can be Spanish or English.

4.1.3 Phase order:


It can be A, B, C or A, C, B (C, B, A). It only affects to the differential and unbalanced currents and therefore, their
protection units. In order to see if the order is the one corresponding to the wiring, the user should check that the
differential measurements obtained are those expected for the indicated configuration and the angles for the phase
currents (in the status screen) match up with the selected sequence.

4.2 GENERAL SETTINGS


Relay in service: It must be set at YES, so that the protection is fully operational. If it is set as NO, the protection deals with
the communications and with the keyboard/display so that it may be put into service; moreover, it activates the relay and/or
LED that has been programmed as Out of service Relay, deactivating all the rest.

Bay number: It is an identification text. Using communications, you can programme it as alphanumerical, using the
keyboard only as numerical.
Transformation ratio: They are only used to provide measurements referred to the primary.
Setting Min. Max. Step Notes
Relay in service YES/NO
Breaker number 5 alpha-numeric characters
Neutral 1 transfor. turn ratio 1 3,000 1
Neutral 2 transfor. turn ratio 1 3,000 1
Voltage transfor. turn ratio 1 999.9 0.1

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 30
15BCONFIGURATION SETTING

4.3 GENERAL SETTINGS FOR TRANSFORMER DIFFERENTIAL


They are single-table settings. They define the type of power transformer that is being protected. They include three windings
voltages, current transformer ratios, connection groups and time code. They also allow enabling and disabling function 86.

Setting Min Max Step Notes


Rated voltage winding 1 (kV) 1 999.9 0.1
Rated voltage winding 2 (kV) 1 999.9 0.1
Rated voltage winding 3 (kV) 1 999.9 0.1
Transformer turn ratio winding 1 1 3,000 1
Transformer turn ratio winding 2 1 3,000 1
Transformer turn ratio winding 3 1 3,000 1
Vector group winding 1 Y/D
Vector group winding 2 Y/D
Vector group winding 3 Y/D
Phase shift code 1-2 0 11 1
Phase shift code 1-3 0 11 1
Enable function 86 YES/NO

4.4 INPUTS PROGRAMMING


The unit incorporates 16 programmable inputs:

Breaker Status 1
Breaker Status 2
Breaker Status 3
Close Superv. Breaker Closed (for each breaker)
Close Superv. Breaker Open (for each breaker)
Trip Superv. Breaker closed (for each breaker)
Trip Superv. Breaker Open (for each breaker)
Close Command 1
Trip Command 1
Close Command 2
Trip Command 2
Close Command 3
Trip Command 3
Closing unlock
External protection (for three windings)
External protection 1
External protection 2
External protection 3
Set table 1. When it is closed, by flank, table 1 is activated, while no other command is received.
Set table 2. The same for table 2.
Set table 3. The same for table 3.
Input not configured. Can be used to lock protection functions or for control functions.
Buchholz input
No more than one input may be programmed with one specific function.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 31
15BCONFIGURATION SETTING

4.5 OUTPUT RELAYS PROGRAMMING


There are 20 digital inputs. Outputs 1 to 9 and 13 to 19 are n/o contacts; the rest have both contacts (n/o and n/c). Each one
of the outputs can be programmed (independently from the others) in order to actuate in some of the conditions stated below
or with a logical combination of various.The programming possibilities grouped together in sets are described below:

Protection status Overcurrent trip winding 2


Free. El the relay is not used by the protection, but it can be activated by
Overcurrent trip winding 3
control orders.
HW status. Active in normal operation. It is deactivated 100 ms in the
pickup and while there is a situation of critical error. It is normally used Neutral trip unit 1
with a n/c contact relay.
Relay out of service. Active while in that situation Neutral trip unit 2
Breaker: Overvoltage trip
Open breaker 1 (by digital input or control command) Voltage/frequency overvoltage trip
Open breaker 2 (by digital input or control command) 5th harmonic overexcitation
Open breaker 3 (by digital input or control command) Trip by minimum frequency step 1
Close breaker 1 (by digital input or control command) Trip by minimum frequency step 2
Close breaker 2 (by digital input or control command) Trip by minimum frequency step 3
Close breaker 3 (by digital input or control command) Trip by minimum frequency step 4
Close locking (function 86). Active after differential trip until unlocking
Trip by maximum frequency.
command is not given with key R or an input.
Breaker 1 open failure Thermal image trip winding 1
Breaker 2 open failure Thermal image trip winding 2
Breaker 3 open failure Thermal image trip winding 3
Breaker 1 close failure Thermal image warning 1
Breaker 2 close failure Thermal image warning 2
Breaker 3 close failure Thermal image warning 3
Close circuit 1 failure Phase time pick up winding 1
Close circuit 2 failure Phase time pick up winding 2
Close circuit 3 failure Phase time pick up winding 3
Trip circuit 1 failure Neutral time pick up winding 1
Trip circuit 2 failure Phase time pick up winding 2
Trip circuit 3 failure Phase or neutral time pick up
Breaker opening failure with overcurrent 1 Restricted earth pick up 1
Breaker opening failure with overcurrent 2 Restricted earth pick up 2
Breaker opening failure with overcurrent 3 General time trip N
Logic outputs: Time trip winding 1 N
Logic outputs 1 to 6 Time trip winding 2 N
Others: Time trip winding 3 N
Oscillograph pick up Time trip ground 1 N
Buchholz operation (takes the value of the Buchholz input) Time trip ground 2 N
Protection functions: General instantaneous trip N
GENERAL TRIP. It is triggered by the protection functions enabled and N
Instantaneous trip winding 1
which have "TRIP permission" at "YES" and which are not locked.
Differential trip Instantaneous trip winding 2 N
Percentage differential trip Instantaneous trip winding 3 N
Instantaneous differential trip Instantaneous trip ground 1 N
Restricted earth1 trip 1 Instantaneous trip ground 2 N
Restricted earth1 trip 2 (N available from version N onwards)
Overcurrent trip winding 1 (instantaneous or phase timing, residual,
unbalance or neutral associated to winding 1)

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 32
15BCONFIGURATION SETTING

4.6 LEDS PROGRAMMING


The unit has 13 LEDs (12 red and a two-coloured one) programmable with the same possibilities as described for outputs.
The two-colour LED has a fixed non-programmable allocation, which indicates the correct working (green) or error detection
(red). If any LED is programmed as hardware status, is operation is opposite to the digital output (it switches on when a
failure happens).

The LEDs are activated while the signal they are programmed to is maintained, except for those corresponding to the last fault
trip signals. These remain activated until the cause has disappeared and have been switched off via keyboard command.

4.7 LOGIC SIGNALS PROGRAMMING


The user can configure up to 6 logic signals, from logic 1 to logic 6. These can be allocated both to output relays and to
LEDs, and are control signals.

Logic signals can be programmed only via the protection console, not from the keyboard/ display unit, on the basis of the
basic signals available. These signals are listed in words of Control Messages point. The programming procedure is
described in the Protection Console Manual.

Logic signals are generated in accordance with the following layout:

As it can be seen, defining a logic output involves the following:

up to 8 of the available signals (or their negations), forming an OR function


up to 8 of the available signals (or their negations), forming an AND function
an OR or AND function( is programmable) from the results of the two foregoing functions.
a programmable delay (delay) for the activation of the output.
a programmable duration for the activation of the output.
The delay is the time elapsed from the moment there is 1 logic at the output of the logic ports and the moment when the
relevant logic output activates. If 1 disappears during that time, the signal does not activate. It can be programmed from 0
to 99.9 sec., in 0.1 sec. steps.

The pulse time (duration) is the time for which the logic signal remains active. It can be programmed in two ways:

"By logic": after the delay the output remains active so long as there is a 1 at the output of the programmed logic.
"By time": the time for which the output must remain active is programmed, and after that time it de-activates
regardless of the status of the programmed logic output. Only another move there from 0 to 1 will re-activate the
output, once the delay has elapsed.
The range of time is 0.1 s to 99.9 s, with step 0.1 s.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 33
15BCONFIGURATION SETTING

A logic output "i" can be used as a signal available for inputting programs from another logic signal j or from itself.

It must be taken into account that logic outputs are slower than the trip output, as the latter activates the corresponding relay
at the very moment when the protection which decides to trip cuts out, while the former are run in the main program when
their time comes.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 34
16BDATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS

5. DATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS


5.1 EVENTS REPORTS
The events that the protection is able to generate is shown in the list below. Each event is accompanied by its date and time
as well as the phase currents and voltages for each winding. The protection saves a queue of 200 events in its non-volatile
memory, these may be retrieved from the PC.

Change settings Neutral instantaneous pickup


Table 1 activation Phase A time unit output activation
Table 2 activation Phase B time unit output activation
Table 3 activation Phase C time unit output activation
Change settings table 0 Neutral time unit output activation
Change settings table 1 Phase A instantaneous unit output activation
Change settings table 2 Phase B instantaneous unit output activation
Change settings table 3 Phase C instantaneous unit output activation
Protection status Neutral instantaneous unit output activation
Relay out of service Current unbalance timed unit pickup
Relay on service Current unbalance instantaneous unit pickup
Self-testing Current unbalance timed unit output activation
Hardware critical error Current unbalance instantaneous unit output activation
Hardware non critical error Ground protection (G1 and G2)
Reference voltage error Timed unit pickup
Converter error Timed unit trip
DSP error Instantaneous unit pickup
Clock synchronisation error Instantaneous unit trip
E2ROM recording error Frequency and overexcitation protection
Relay activation error Minimum frequency trip (step 1)
Corrected HW error Minimum frequency trip (step 2)
Communications Minimum frequency trip (step 3)
Local mode (activation from keyboard/display) Minimum frequency trip (step 4)
Local mode (activation from front port) Maximum frequency trip
Remote mode (activation from rear port) V/f overexcitation step 1 trip
Differential protection V/f overexcitation step 2 trip
Phase A percent differential unit pickup 5th harmonic overexcitation trip
Phase B percent differential unit pickup Inputs
Phase C percent differential unit pickup xx digital input activation (1 to 16)
Phase A percent differential trip output activation xx digital input deactivation (1 to 16)
Phase B percent differential trip output activation Command (for each breaker)
Phase C percent differential trip output activation Breaker closure
Phase A instantaneous differential unit pickup Breaker open
Phase B instantaneous differential unit pickup Breaker close command (control command or input).
Phase C instantaneous differential unit pickup Breaker open command (control command or input).
Phase A instantaneous differential trip output activation Winding 1 breaker open
Phase B instantaneous differential trip output activation Breaker failure (for each breaker)
Phase C instantaneous differential trip output activation Breaker failure output activation
Restricted earth 1 pickup Trip circuit failure output activation
Restricted earth 1 trip Close circuit failure output activation
Restricted earth 2 pickup Overcurrent 52 failure pickup
Restricted earth 2 trip Overcurrent 52 failure trip
Closure locking activation Overcurrent 52 failure restore
Closure locking deactivation Neutral overcurrent 52 failure pickup
Protection (for each winding) Neutral overcurremt 52 failure trip (for G1 and G2)
Phase A timed unit pickup Neutral overcurrent 52 failure trip (for G1 and G2)
Phase B timed unit pickup Breaker supervision accumulator threshold
Phase C timed unit pickup Breaker supervision accumulator overflowing
Neutral timed pickup Excessive number of trips
Phase A instantaneous pickup Thermal overload (for each winding)
Phase B instantaneous pickup Thermal overload alarm
Phase C instantaneous pickup Thermal overload trip

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 35
16BDATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS

5.2 FAULT REPORTS


The protection stores in non volatile memory a queue of the last 9 faults, which may be retrieved from the PC, with the
following information:

Units available.
Units that tripped during the fault.
Units that picked up during the fault.
Date and time the fault commenced (first unit picked up).
Date and time of trip (first unit tripped).
Date and time of end of fault (when the trip signal disappears).
Active setting table during the fault.
Measurements:
For differential faults:

Differential currents (module and argument)


Phase A fault and prefault differential current
Phase B fault and prefault differential current
Phase C fault and prefault differential current
Phase A fault and prefault restraint current
Phase B fault and prefault restraint current
Phase C fault and prefault restraint current
Fault and prefault current for three phases in the winding selected in setting Winding selection

For the rest of faults:

Phase A fault currents (module and argument) for each winding. Current detected in phase A when the trip command
was given.
Phase B fault currents
Phase C fault currents
Neutral fault current
Fault currents are simultaneous

Furthermore, next data corresponding to the last fault, are stored in non volatile memory and can be retrieved using the
keyboard/display:

Tripped phases.
Currents for each phase and neutral during fault and differential and restraint current for differential faults
Date and time of start and end of fault

5.3 OSCILLOGRAPH DATA RECORDING


The oscilloperturbographic function enables the unit to store 20 disturbances of 30 cycles each or 10 disturbances of 60
cycles each (number of cycles previous to the pickup is programmable). Each oscillograph records up to 12 analogue
channels at 16 samples per cycle and up to 16 selectable digital channels from a list made up of pickups, trips and digital
inputs.

Any of the digital signals included in the protection model can trigger each oscillograph by means of a surge flank.

The analogue channels are sent to the console multiplied by the transformation ratio so that they are displayed in primary
values.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 36
16BDATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS

The causes of the oscillation start-up and of the recorded digital signals can be selected as settings. In both cases, the
different signals are displayed and the setting is YES/NO. These signals are the following:

Digital inputs: Phase A TOC trip


Digital input 1 Phase B TOC trip
Digital input 2 Phase C TOC trip
Digital input 3 Phase A IOC pickup
Digital input 4 Phase B IOC pickup
Digital input 5 Phase C IOC pickup
Digital input 6 Phase A IOC trip
Digital input 7 Phase B IOC trip
Digital input 8 Phase C IOC trip
Digital input 9 Residual TOC pickup
Digital input 10 Residual TOC trip
Digital input 11 Residual IOC pickup
Digital input 12 Residual IOC trip
Digital input 13 Unbalance TOC pickup
Digital input 14 Unbalance TOC trip
Digital input 15 Unbalance IOC pickup
Digital input 16 Unbalance IOC trip
General Ground protection
General pickup Ground TOC pickup 1
General trip Ground TOC trip 1
Differential protection Ground IOC pickup 1
A Phase Percent Dif Pickup Ground IOC trip 1
B Phase Percent Dif Pickup Ground TOC pickup 2
C Phase Percent Dif Pickup Ground TOC trip 2
A Phase Percent Dif Trip Ground IOC pickup 2
B Phase Percent Dif Trip Ground IOC trip 2
C Phase Percent Dif Trip Additional protections
A Phase Inst. Dif. Pickup Minimum frequency pickup
B Phase Inst. Dif. Pickup Minimum frequency trip
C Phase Inst. Dif. Pickup Maximum frequency pickup
A Phase Inst. Dif. Trip Maximum frequency trip
B Phase Inst. Dif. Trip Overvoltage pickup
C Phase Inst. Dif. Trip Voltage/Frequency pickup
2nd Harmonic Restraint Voltage/Frequency trip
5th Harmonic Restraint A phase 5th Harm. Ov. Pickup
Restricted earth protection B phase 5th Harm. Ov. Pickup
Restricted earth pickup 1 C phase 5th Harm. Ov. Pickup
Restricted earth pickup 2 Undervoltage TUV Pick
Restricted earth unit 1 Undervoltage IUV Pick
Restricted earth unit 2 Undervoltage TUV Trip
Overcurrent protections (for each winding) Undervoltage IUV Trip
Phase A TOC pickup Thermal overload (for each winding)
Phase B TOC pickup Thermal overload warning
Phase C TOC pickup Thermal overload trip

5.4 HISTORICAL MEASUREMENTS RECORD


The protection saves a queue of 100 historical records of three-winding currents measurements in its non-volatile memory
(RAM with battery) all of which can be accessed from a PC. Each record contains the, maximum and minimum currents
(calculated within a programmable time span) detected during a recording interval which is also programmable. The currents
are secondary Amperes.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 37
16BDATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS

The settings used are

Setting Min Max Step Notes


Time span for measurement (min.) 1 15 1
Historical record interval (min.) 1 1440 1
Calendar mask Monday to Sunday YES/NO
Disable mask YES/NO
Record start time 0 24 1
Record finish time 0 24 1

The calendar mask operates as follows:

If the Disable mask setting is on YES the recording process is carried out every day of the week. If it is set on NO it is
controlled by what is programmed for each day. If it is set on YES on one day it records and if it is set on NO it doesnt
record.

5.5 MEASUREMENTS

5.5.1 Via keyboard/display


All of them are measurements in the measurement transformer secondaries (the ones that enter into the relay)

A, B and C phases currents (in Amperes) for each winding


Neutral current in the earth connections
Differential currents for each phase:
Fundamental component of the differential current
2nd harmonic component
5th harmonic component
Restraint current

5.5.2 Via PC (Protection console)

5.5.2.1 Status screen


These appear on the first of the "STATUS" screens. They are measurements in the measurement transformer
secondaries. All arguments are referred to the phase A current.

Currents for phases A, B and C (module and argument) for each winding
Current maximeter for each winding
Thermal image temperature for each winding
Neutral current for each earth connection
Voltage (module and argument)
Differential measurements for each phase:
Fundamental component of the differential current
2nd harmonic component
5th harmonic component
Restraint current

5.5.2.2 Measurements screen


They are measurements in the measurement transformer primaries

A, B, C phases currents(module) and average current (module) for each winding

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 38
16BDATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS

Current maximeter for each winding


Frequency
Voltage (module)

5.6 STATISTICAL DATA


The same information is obtained via keyboard/display or PC (STATISTICAL DATA screen):

Sum kI2 (kA interrupted by breaker, squared)


Openings counter for each breaker (per trip or manually)
All the above counters can be set to zero, and the sum kI2 to its initial programmed value as a setting.

5.7 PROTECTION STATUS

5.7.1 Via keyboard / display


The following can be seen:

Date and time of the relay.


Status of each of the digital inputs: open (A) or closed (C).

5.7.2 Via PC (Protection console)


The STATUS screens, as well as the aforementioned measurements, display the following:

Date and time of the relay


Active table
Protection units currently picked up
Protection units currently tripped
Units tripped during the last trip
Control commands
Digital inputs status
Digital outputs status
LED status

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 39
17BOTHER FUNCTIONS

6. OTHER FUNCTIONS

6.1 TIME SETTING AND SYNCHRONIZATION

6.1.1 Time setting


This may be done from the keyboard/display (in Change settings) or from the Protections Console (STATUS screen
).

6.1.2 Synchronisation
In Integrated Control Systems (SIPC) the unit is periodically synchronised (every minute) by the UCS.

In this case there is no point in changing the time using the keyboard or Protections Console, because it will be
changed straight away by the UCS.

6.1.3 IRIG-B
It has a GPS synchronizing input, using demodulated IRIG-B time code (TTL levels).

In case of not synchronizing correctly a synchronization failure signal through IRIG-B is generated (see control
messages).

6.2 CONTROL MESSAGES


The protection deals with the next control messages

Measurements and changes request


Digital status request
Clock synchronizing
Statistical data initialization commands
Commands on relays and specified digital signals
Statistical data request

Digital signals(changes and status) are the next:

Word 1. Trips (1) Word 5. Various


Bit Meaning Bit Meaning
0 Percent differential trip 64 Breaker 3 status
1 Instantaneous differential 65 Breaker 3 open failure
2 Winding 1 phase instantaneous trip 66 Breaker 3 close failure
3 Winding 1 residual IOC trip (level 1) 66 Breaker 3 trip circuit failure
4 Winding 1 residual IOC trip (level 2) 67 Breaker 3 close circuit failure
5 Winding 1 phase TOC trip 69 Breaker 3 KI2 sum threshold exceeded
6 Winding 1 residual TOC trip 70 52 failure with overcurrent, winding 1
7 Winding 1 unbalance trip 71 52 failure with overcurrent, winding 2
8 Winding 2 phase instantaneous trip 72 52 failure with overcurrent, winding 3
9 Winding 2 residual IOC trip (level 1) 73 Pick up due to phase timing, winding 1
10 Winding 2 residual IOC trip (level 2) 74 Pick up due to phase timing, winding 2
11 Winding 2 phase TOC trip 75 Pick up due to phase timing, winding 3
12 Winding 2 residual TOC trip 76 Time pick up ground 1
13 Winding 2 unbalance trip 77 Time pick up ground 2
14 Free 78 Pick up due to restricted earth 1
15 TRIP 79 Pick up due to restricted earth 2

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 40
17BOTHER FUNCTIONS

Word 2. Trips (2) Word 6. Digital inputs


Bit Meaning Bit Meaning
16 Free 80 Digital input 1
17 Free 81 Digital input 2
18 Winding 3 phase instantaneous trip 82 Digital input 3
19 Winding 3 residual instantaneous trip (level 1) 83 Digital input 4
20 Winding 3 residual instantaneous trip (level 2) 84 Digital input 5
21 Winding 3 phase TOC trip 85 Digital input 6
22 Winding 3 residual TOC trip 86 Digital input 7
23 Winding 3 unbalance trip 87 Digital input 8
24 Free 88 Digital input 9
25 Thermal overload warning 1 89 Digital input 10
26 Thermal overload warning 2 90 Digital input 11
27 Thermal overload warning 3 91 Digital input 12
28 Maximum frequency trip 92 Digital input 13
29 Overvoltage trip 93 Digital input 14
30 Overexcitation trip (V/f) 94 Digital input 15
31 Overexcitation trip (5th harmonic) 95 Digital input 16
Word 3. Trips (3) Word 7. Outputs
Bit Meaning Bit Meaning
32 Ground IOC trip 1 (level 1) 96 Digital output 1
33 Ground IOC trip 1 (level 2) 97 Digital output 2
34 Ground TOC trip 1 98 Digital output 3
35 Ground IOC trip 2 (level 1) 99 Digital output 4
36 Ground IOC trip 2 (level 2) 100 Digital output 5
37 Ground TOC trip 2 101 Digital output 6
38 Winding 1 thermal overload trip 102 Digital output 7
39 Winding 2 thermal overload trip 103 Digital output 8
40 Winding 3 thermal overload trip 104 Digital output 9
41 Restricted earth trip 1 105 Digital output 10
42 Restricted earth trip 2 106 Digital output 11
43 Thermal overload trip 107 Digital output 12
44 Step 1 minimum frequency trip 108 Digital output 13
45 Step 2 minimum frequency trip 109 Digital output 14
46 Step 3 minimum frequency trip 110 Digital output 15
47 Step 4 minimum frequency trip 111 Digital output 16
Word 4. Various Word 8. Logics
Bit Meaning Bit Meaning
48 Protection in service(1) or out of service(0) 112 Digital output 17
49 Function 86 status (1 activated) 113 Digital output 18
50 Synchronization failure irig-b 114 Digital output 19
51 Breaker 1 status 115 Digital output 20
52 Breaker 1 open failure 116 Free
53 Breaker 1 close failure 117 Free
54 Breaker 1 trip circuit failure 118 Free
55 Breaker 1 close circuit failure 119 Free
56 Breaker 1 KI2 sum threshold exceeded 120 Logic 1
57 Breaker 2 status 121 Logic 2
58 Breaker 2 open failure 122 Logic 3
59 Breaker 2 close failure 123 Logic 4
60 Breaker 2 trip circuit failure 124 Logic 5
61 Breaker 2 close circuit failure 125 Logic 6
62 Breaker 2 KI2 sum threshold exceeded 126 Free
63 HW alarm 127 Free
Word 9. Trips (4)
Bit Meaning
128 Percentage differential trip phase A
129 Percentage differential trip phase B
130 Percentage differential trip phase C
131 Instantaneous differential trip phase A
132 Instantaneous differential trip phase B
133 Instantaneous differential trip phase C
134 Undervoltage TUV trip
135 Undervoltage IUV trip
136 Undervoltage TUV pick

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 41
17BOTHER FUNCTIONS

137 Undervoltage IUV pick

Next are the control commands that can be given from the console:

ISC Command
1 a 20 Activate any relay from 1 to 20.
22 Open breakers
24 Close breakers
35 Open breaker 1
38 Close breaker 1
36 Open breaker 2
39 Close breaker 2
37 Open breaker 3
40 Close breaker 3
30 Unlock closure (function 86)

The transmitted measurements are those programmed out of the available ones. The order in which they are sent is also
programmable. The programming is executed via the SIPCON/P protections console.

Byte N Format Measurement Scale background


2 Procome Ia winding 1 1.2*In
2 Procome Ib winding 1 1.2*In
2 Procome Ic winding 1 1.2*In
2 Procome Iaverage winding 1 1.2*In
2 Procome Ia winding 2 1.2*In
2 Procome Ib winding 2 1.2*In
2 Procome Ic winding 2 1.2*In
2 Procome Iaverage winding 2 1.2*In
2 Procome Ia winding 3 1.2*In
2 Procome Ib winding 3 1.2*In
2 Procome Ic winding 3 1.2*In
2 Procome Iaverage winding 3 1.2*In
2 Procome Voltage 165V
2 Procome Frequency 70Hz

Note: In DNP Protocol communication through rear port is detailed. Only for models with DNP protocol.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 42
18BOPERATION MODE

7. OPERATION MODE

7.1 USING THE KEYBOARD/DISPLAY

7.1.1 Introduction
The keyboard/display unit is intended for the local introduction of settings and commands in the unit, using push-
buttons, and for the displaying of settings, measurements and faults.

7.1.2 Keyboard/display unit elements

7.1.2.1 Normal push-buttons

They are 15 , marked as , ,INTRO,ESC , . (point) and numbers from 0 to 9.

7.1.2.2 R pushbutton
It rearms function 86, close locking.

Sets to 0 the thermal image of each of the windings.

7.1.2.3 Display
It is alpha-numerical, with a liquid glass display screen, and has 2 rows of 16 columns each.

7.1.2.4 LEDs
There are 12 LEDs, that can be programmed to show any of the status described in the LEDs programming
section and 1 fixed(green, OK operation; red HW alarm)

7.1.3 Operating mode

7.1.3.1 General description


At idle status, the display shows the model and the software version.

If "ESCAPE" is pressed at any time during the procedure described below the unit returns to the menu
element in the level immediately previous to the one it is in.

The menus are scrolled downwards or upwards by using buttons and , and they are circular, that is,
in this first level, it returns to the initial position again after leaving the last position

Generally speaking, when you scroll through a menu, the first line on the screen indicates the active
function, which can be accessed by pressing INTRO, enabling you to access the next level of the menu (if
one exists) which is specific to that function.

The menu chart used to display or change settings within each group, is set up hierarchically. If while on
standby (heading) we press INTRO we access the first element in the following menu:

SEE TIME

SEE ACTIVE TABLE

INPUTS

MEASUREMENTS

STATISTICAL DATA

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 43
18BOPERATION MODE

LAST FAULT

SEE SETTINGS

CHANGE SETTINGS

7.1.3.2 Using the keyboard/display


The general operation of the keyboard/display is as follows. The differences in operation depend on our desire
of seeing or changing the setting.

7.1.3.2.1 See settings and magnitudes


We can scroll either up or down each menu or submenu (stated in the point above) by using
buttons and , given that the menus are circular

By pressing "INTRO" we enter into the next level of the menu. Pressing "INTRO" does not
change the display status if it has no submenu.

By pressing "ESC" we move into the menu element immediately above, that is, from which
we've arrived to the current status.

The final menus, which contain no submenus (settings), indicate the name of the setting of
the group selected by using the keyboard on the first line, and their current value on the
second line.

7.1.3.2.2 Change settings


Until we reach the last level of the menus, everything operates exactly the same as in see
settings and magnitudes (the keys have the same functions).

In order to access this function must be keyed in. Keying in that code, you have
access to all setting and initialisation values except to the ones included in Special setting.
To access them "" must be keyed in.

In the last level of the menus, which contains the names of the settings we wish to change,
the keyboard operates differently to what has been described so far.

When entering each group in order to change the settings it contains (final menu), the
keyboard will operate as follows:

1) Numerical settings. The first line of the display shows the name of the setting selected
followed by its current value. Line 2 indicates the text NEW followed by the current setting
value, which can be changed by using the numerical keyboard.

In order to change the setting value we use the numerical keyboard, along with DOT. We
literally have to input a new value, that is, if we wish to input 3.2 as the new value we must
press key 3, then the DOT key followed by key 2. If the value is not valid, when we press
"INTRO" in order to go onto the next group, a warning message will appear on line 2
indicating VALUE NOT VALID. A valid value must be input before going on to the next setting
in the group, by pressing "INTRO". If we press "ESC" in the final menu we go back to the
element in the menu we originally came from. This means the changes implemented until
then are not effective.

The changes become effective when we reach the final setting in the group and press
"INTRO" VALIDATE SETTINGS appears on the screen and we then press "INTRO" to validate
the changes. Once they are validated by pressing "INTRO" we return to the next element in
the upper menu (see menu table). By pressing "ESC" we return to the menu element from
which we arrived to the current status.

2) Non-numerical settings. There are settings, for example the enabling settings, where you
must choose between YES or NO, ON and OFF. There are also calendar masks in which some
days can be enabled and others cannot, there are timer curves with a specific name, input
and output configurations, etc. in which it is clearer to select them by name instead of keying
in their numerical value.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 44
18BOPERATION MODE

In those cases where this is possible and clearer, the name of the setting will appear on line
1 along with some text indicating its current value. The second line will start to show the
possible values to select for this setting, if the keyboard is correctly used. We use the
key, in order to see the different possibilities available in each status. If we are configuring
inputs, outputs or leds we may use the and keys to select the configuration of each
one, it is done in this manner because there are many configurations from which to choose
and this makes the process much faster.

By pressing "INTRO", we move on to the next setting in the group, if there is one; if not we
validate the selected value on line 2. That is, in groups containing only one element, the
validate option which appears in the different groups containing more than one element, will
not appear. In cases with only one element it is not necessary to confirm the validation, if we
wish to leave the setting as it is we press "ESC" and the setting will not change.

When configuring inputs, outputs and leds pressing "INTRO" takes us from configuring
input/output/led i to configure input/output/led i+1. The same occurs with the input mask
and the calendar mask which runs through the days of the week every time "INTRO" is
pressed, "YES" and "NO" may be selected in each day by using the arrow.

Just like in the numerical settings if we press "ESC" we return to that element in the menu
we originally came from to the current situation.

Initialisations and special settings.


In the first submenu "Change settings" the following option exists: "Initialize, recloser count,
maximeter, sigma KI2".

By pressing "INTRO" in "INITIALIZE" we reach:

MAXIMETER 1=0? if INTRO is pressed, the winding 1maximeter is set to 0


MAXIMETER 2=0? if INTRO is pressed, the winding 2 maximeter is set to 0
MAXIMETER3=0? if INTRO is pressed, the winding 3 maximeter is set to 0
KI2 1=INIT.1? if INTRO is pressed the accumulator sets its value from the
corresponding setting of the active table.
KI2 2=INIT.2? if INTRO is pressed the accumulator sets its value from the
corresponding setting of the active table.
KI2 3=INIT.3? if INTRO is pressed the accumulator sets its value from the
corresponding setting of the active table.
"ERASE DATA". If ENTER is pressed, the queues for events, faults, historical records
and disturbance recorders stored in RAM memory are reset.

Change of active table


In the first level "CHANGE SETTINGS", if we press "INTRO" when in "ACTIVATE TABLE",
"TABLE 1" appears; by using the arrow signs and you can go on to "TABLE 2" and
"TABLE 3". When you find the one you want press "INTRO" in order to make it active.

7.2 VIA PC
The PD protection relays may be monitored using a PC. Thus you have access to the measurements and settings for the
system display and to their programming.

The program of the PC, Protections Console, developed by Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A. is called SIPCO.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 45
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPENDIX I. KEYBOARD / DISPLAY


In the following pages we enclose a table which graphically illustrates and shows the easy handling of the different menus and
settings which can be changed with the keyboard/display. We recommend this appendix be at hand when you start to use the
keyboard, in order to easily find the settings to be changed

The menu can appear in English or Spanish depending how it has been programmed.

Key R allows unlocking function 86 and reseting the thermal image value of the of each winding.

The key presents the information about the last fault, as well the present protection measurements.

The format used is as follows:


Common to all models
DNP Models with DNP communication

DATE/ TIME(see) DATE/TIME Displays units date and time


ACTIVE TABLE(see) ACTIVE TABLE Currently active table
DIGITAL INPUTS INPUTS STATUS Inputs status
MEASUREMENTS Page 4
STATISTIC DATA Page 5
LAST FAULT Page 5
SETTINGS(see) Page 5
SETTINGS(change) Page 12

APPLIED FOR:
MEASUREMENTS WINDING1 MEASURE CURRENTS Phase A Cur. (A) Phase A current for winding 1
Phase B Cur. (A) Phase B current for winding 1
Phase C Cur. (A) Phase C current for winding 1
Ground Cur. (A) Ground current for winding 1
MAXIMETER MAXIMETER 1 (A) Maximum average current for winding 1
WINDING2 MEASURE CURRENTS Phase A Cur. (A) Phase A current for winding 2
Phase B Cur. (A) Phase B current for winding 2
Phase C Cur. (A) Phase C current for winding 2
Ground Cur. (A) Ground current for winding 2
MAXIMETER MAXIMETER 2 (A) Maximum average current for winding 2
WINDING3 MEASURE CURRENTS Phase A Cur. (A) Phase A current for winding 3
Phase B Cur. (A) Phase B current for winding 3
Phase C Cur. (A) Phase C current for winding 3
MAXIMETER MAXIMETER 3 (A) Current maximeter, winding 3
DIF. MEASUREMENT Curr.FUNDAMENTAL Phase A Cur. (A) Fundamental harmonic phase A differential current
Phase B Cur. (A) Fundamental harmonic phase B differential current
Phase C Cur. (A) Fundamental harmonic phase C differential current
Curr.ARMON.2 (A) Phase A Cur. (A) 2nd harmonic phase A differential current
Phase B Cur. (A) 2nd harmonic phase B differential current
Phase C Cur. (A) 2nd harmonic phase C differential current
Curr.ARMON.5 (A) Phase A Cur. (A) 5th harmonic phase A differential current
Phase B Cur. (A) 5th harmonic phase B differential current
Phase C Cur. (A) 5th harmonic phase C differential current
Curr.RESTRAINT Phase A Cur. (A) Phase A restrain current
Phase B Cur. (A) Phase B restrain current
Phase C Cur. (A) Phase C restrain current
TEMPERATURE (C) TEMPERATURE (C) Units temperature in C

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 46
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
STATISTIC DATA OPENINGS WIND.1 Winding 1 total openings counter
OPENINGS WIND.2 Winding 2 total openings counter
OPENINGS WIND.3 Winding 3 total openings counter
SIGMA KI2 WIN.1 Winding 1 sigma KI2
SIGMA KI2 WIN.2 Winding 2 sigma KI2
SIGMA KI2 WIN.3 Winding 3 sigma KI2
LAST FAULT PHASE LAST FAULT Phase/s in which the last fault has happeneda
Curr.Fault PhA 1 / Curr Fault Ph A s.(*) Phase A last fault current reference winding / wind. 1
Curr.Fault PhB 1/Curr Fault Ph B s. Phase B last fault current reference winding / wind. 1
Curr.Fault PhC 1/ Curr Fault Ph C s Phase C last fault current reference winding / wind. 1
Curr.Fault PhA 2/ Dif.fault curr A Phase A last fault differential current /winding. 2
Curr.Fault PhB 2/ Dif.fault curr B Phase B last fault differential current /winding. 2
Curr.Fault PhC 2 / Dif.fault curr C Phase C last fault differential current /winding. 2
Curr.Fault PhA 3/ Restrain curr A Phase A last fault restrain current / winding. 3
Curr.Fault PhB 3/ Restrain curr B Phase B last fault restrain current / winding. 3
Curr.Fault PhC 3/ Restrain curr C Phase C last fault restrain current / winding. 3
Curr.Fault GND 1 Ground 1 last fault current
Curr.Fault GND 2 Ground 2 last fault current
Voltage Fault Last trip fault current
INI.D. Fault start date and time
END D. Fault end date and time
FAULT LEDs RESET: Fault acknowledgement in order to switch off the related LEDs

(*) One or another message is displayed, depending on the fault type.

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS(see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECTION WINDING 1 PROT. PHASE TOC ENABLE TOC Phase TOC enable
PICKUP Phase TOC pickup.
CURVE SHAPE Phase TOC curve type
TIME INDEX Phase TOC time index
FIXED TIME Phase TOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Phase TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Phase TOC locking input.
PHASE IOC ENABLE INST Phase IOC enable
PICKUP INST Phase IOC pickup
FIXED TIME Phase IOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Phase IOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Phase IOC locking input.
RESIDUAL TOC ENABLE TOC Residual TOC enable
PICKUP Residual TOC pickup
CURVE SHAPE Residual TOC curve type
TIME INDEX Residual TOC time index
FIXED TIME Residual TOC definite time
TRIP PERMIS. Residual TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Residual TOC locking input
RESIDUAL IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Residual IOC level 1 enable
PICK.LEVEL1 Residual IOC level 1 enable
FXD.TIME 1 Residual IOC level 1 definite time
PERMISS. 1 Residual IOC level 1 trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Residual IOC level 1 locking input
ENA. LEVEL 2 Residual IOC level 2 enable
PICK.LEVEL2 Residual IOC level 2 pickup
FXD.TIME 2 Residual IOC level 2 definite time
PERMISS. 2 Residual IOC level 2 trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Residual IOC level 2 locking input

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 47
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS(see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECTION WINDING 1 PROT. UNBALANCE TOC ENABLE TOC Unbalance TOC enable
PICKUP Unbalance TOC pickup
CURVE SHAPE Unbalance TOC curve type
TIME INDEX Unbalance TOC time index
FIXED TIME Unbalance TOC deffitnite time
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance TOC locking input
UNBALANCE IOC ENABLE INST Unbalance IOC enable
PICKUP INST Unbalance IOC pickup
FIXED TIME Unbalance IOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance IOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance IOC blocking input
THERMAL IMAGE ENABLE Thermal image enable
ALARM THRES Thermal image alarm threshold
HEAT. CONSTANT Heating Constant
COOL. CONSTANT Cooling Constant
NOMINAL CUR Basic current (In)
TRIP PERMISSION Thermal image trip permission
LOCKING INPUT Thermal image locking input
BREAKER FAIL. P. ENABLE Breaker failure enable
LOCK.INPUT Breaker failure locking input
REPOS. PHASE Breaker failure phase restore
REPOS. GND Breaker failure ground restore
FIXED TIME Breaker failure fixed time

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS (see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECCION WINDING 2 PROT. PHASE TOC ENABLE TOC Phase TOC enable
PICKUP Phase TOC pickup.
CURVE SHAPE Phase TOC curve type
TIME INDEX Phase TOC time index
FIXED TIME Phase TOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Phase TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Phase TOC locking input
PHASE IOC ENABLE INST Phase IOC enable
PICKUP INST Phase IOC pickup
FIXED TIME Phase IOC fixed time
TORQUE CONT. Phase IOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Phase IOC locking input
RESIDUAL TOC ENABLE TOC Residual TOC enable
PICKUP Residual TOC pickup
CURVE SHAPE Residual TOC curve shape
TIME INDEX Residual TOC time index
FIXED TIME Residual TOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Residual TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Residual TOC locking input
RESIDUAL IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Residual IOC level 1 enable
PICK.LEVEL1 Residual IOC level 1 pickup
FXD.TIME 1 Residual IOC level 1 fixed time
PERMISS. 1 Residual IOC level 1 trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Residual IOC level 1 locking input
ENA. LEVEL 2 Residual IOC level 2 enable
PICK.LEVEL2 Residual IOC level 2 pickup
FXD.TIME 2 Residual IOC level 2 fixed time
PERMISS. 2 Residual IOC level 2 trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Residual IOC level 2 locking input

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 48
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECTION WINDING 2 PROT. UNBALANCE TOC ENABLE TOC Unbalance TOC enable
PICKUP Unbalance TOC pickup
CURVE SHAPE Unbalance TOC curve type
TIME INDEX Unbalance TOC time index
FIXED TIME Unbalance TOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance TOC block input
UNBALANCE IOC ENABLE INST Inbalance IOC enable
PICKUP INST Inbalance IOC pickup
FIXED TIME Unbalance IOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Inbalance IOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance IOC block input
THERMAL IMAGE ENABLE Thermal overload enable
ALARM THRES Thermal overload alarm threshold
HEAT. CONSTANT Heating Constant
COOL. CONSTANT Cooling Constant
NOMINAL CUR Basic current (In)
TRIP PERMISSION Thermal image trip permission
LOCKING INPUT Thermal image locking input
BREAKER FAIL. P. ENABLE Breaker failure enable
LOCK.INPUT Breaker failure locking input
REPOS. PHASE Breaker failure phase restore
REPOS. GND Breaker failure ground restore
FIXED TIME Breaker failure fixed time

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECCION WINDING 3 PROT. PHASE TOC ENABLE TOC Phase TOC enable
PICKUP Phase TOC pickup.
CURVE SHAPE Phase TOC curve type
TIME INDEX Phase TOC time index
FIXED TIME Phase TOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Phase TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Phase TOC locking input
PHASE IOC ENABLE INST Phase IOC enable
PICKUP INST Phase IOC pickup
FIXED TIME Phase IOC fixed time
TORQUE CONT. Phase IOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Phase IOC locking input
RESIDUAL TOC ENABLE TOC Residual TOC enable
PICKUP Residual TOC pickup
CURVE SHAPE Residual TOC curve shape
TIME INDEX Residual TOC time index
FIXED TIME Residual TOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Residual TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Residual TOC locking input
RESIDUAL IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Residual IOC level 1 enable
PICK.LEVEL1 Residual IOC level 1 pickup
FXD.TIME 1 Residual IOC level 1 fixed time
PERMISS. 1 Residual IOC level 1 trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Residual IOC level 1 locking input
ENA. LEVEL 2 Residual IOC level 2 enable
PICK.LEVEL2 Residual IOC level 2 pickup
FXD.TIME 2 Residual IOC level 2 fixed time
PERMISS. 2 Residual IOC level 2 trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Residual IOC level 2 locking input

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 49
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECTION WINDING 3 PROT. UNBALANCE TOC ENABLE TOC Unbalance TOC enable
PICKUP Unbalance TOC pickup
CURVE SHAPE Unbalance TOC curve type
TIME INDEX Unbalance TOC time index
FIXED TIME Unbalance TOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance TOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance TOC block input
UNBALANCE IOC ENABLE INST Inbalance IOC enable
PICKUP INST Inbalance IOC pickup
FIXED TIME Unbalance IOC fixed time
TRIP PERMIS. Inbalance IOC trip permission
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance IOC block input
THERMAL IMAGE ENABLE Thermal overload enable
ALARM THRES Thermal overload alarm threshold
HEAT. CONSTANT Heating Constant
COOL. CONSTANT Cooling Constant
NOMINAL CUR Basic current (In)
TRIP PERMISSION Thermal image trip permission
LOCKING INPUT Thermal image locking input
BREAKER FAIL. P. ENABLE Breaker failure enable
LOCK.INPUT Breaker failure locking input
REPOS. PHASE Breaker failure phase restore
REPOS. GND Breaker failure ground restore
FIXED TIME Breaker failure fixed time

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) TABLE 1 Prog. PROTECTION PRO.DIFFERENTIAL DIFFERENTIAL % ENAB.DIFER.% Differential enable?
SENSITIVITY Sensitivity (xIn)?
RESTRAINT 1 Restrain current 1?
RESTRAINT 2 Restrain current 2?
Slope M1 (%) Slope 1 (%)?
Slope M1 (%) Slope 2(%)?
ADDIT. TIME Percent differential additional time?
TRIP PERMIS. Percent differential trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Percent differential block input?
INS.DIFFERENTIAL ENABLE INST Instantaneous differential enable?
PICKUP INST Instantaneous differential pickup?
FIXED TIME Instantaneous differential fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Instantaneous differential trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Instantaneous differential block input?
ARM. 2 RESTRAINT ENABLE ARM. 2 INRUSH restrain enable?
LEVEL ARM. 2 (%) INRUSH restrain level?
ARM.5 RESTRAINT ENABLE ARM. 5 Overexcitation restrain enable?
LEVEL ARM. 5 (%) Overexcitation restrain level?
RESTRICT. EARTH1 ENAB. RESTR. Restricted earth unit 1 enable?
PICK RESTR. Restricted earth unit 1 pickup?
TIME RESTR. Restricted earth unit 1 additional time?
TRIP PERMIS. Restricted earth unit 1 trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Restricted earth unit 1 block input?
COMPAR. WINDING Restricted earth unit 1 comparation winding?
RESTRICT. EARTH2 ENAB. RESTR. Restricted earth unit 2 enable?
PICK RESTR. Restricted earth unit 2 pickup?
TIME RESTR. Restricted earth unit 2 additional time?
TRIP PERMIS. Restricted earth unit 2 trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Restricted earth unit 2 block input?
COMPAR. WINDING Restricted earth unit 2 comparation winding?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 50
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECTION PRO.DIFFERENTIAL GROUND 1 TOC ENABLE TOC Ground 1 TOC enable?
PICKUP Ground 1 TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Ground 1 TOC curve shape?
TIME INDEX Ground 1 TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Ground 1 TOC definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Ground 1 TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Ground 1 TOC block input?
GROUND 1 IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Ground 1 IOC enable level 1?
PICK.LEVEL1 Ground 1 IOC pickup level 1?
FXD.TIME 1 Ground 1 IOC fixed time level 1?
PERMISS. 1 Ground 1 IOC trip permission level 1?
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Ground 1 IOC block input level 1?
ENA. LEVEL 2 Ground 1 IOC enable level 2?
PICK.LEVEL2 Ground 1 IOC pickup level 2?
FXD.TIME 2 Ground 1 IOC fixed time level 2?
PERMISS. 2 Ground 1 IOC trip permission level 2?
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Ground 1 IOC block input level 2?
GROUND 2 TOC ENABLE TOC Ground 2 TOC enable?
PICKUP Ground 2 TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Ground 2 TOC curve shape?
TIME INDEX Ground 2 TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Ground 2 TOC definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Ground 2 TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Ground 2 TOC block input?
GROUND 2 IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Ground 2 IOC enable level 1?
PICK.LEVEL1 Ground 2 IOC pickup level 1'
FXD.TIME 1 Ground 2 IOC fixed time level 1?
PERMISS. 1 Ground 2 IOC trip permission level 1?
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Ground 2 IOC block input level 1?
ENA. LEVEL 2 Ground 2 IOC enable level 2?
PICK.LEVEL2 Ground 2 IOC pickup level 2?
FXD.TIME 2 Ground 2 IOC fixed time level 2?
PERMISS. 2 Ground 2 IOC trip permission level 2?
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Ground 2 IOC block input level 2?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 51
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING SEE ADDITIONAL UNDERFREQUENC
PROTECTION ENABLE 1 Minimum frequency enable, step 1?
(see) TABLE 1 PROT. Y
PICK UNDERF1 Minimum frequency, step 1'
Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 1
1?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM.1
step 1?
BLOCK INPUT1 Minimum frequency block input, step 1?
ENABLE 2 Minimum frequency enable, step 2?
PICK UNDERF2 Minimum frequency, step 2?
Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 2
2?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM21
step 2?
BLOCK INPUT2 Minimum frequency block input, step 2?
ENABLE 3 Minimum frequency enable, step 3?
PICK UNDERF3 Minimum frequency, step 3?
Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 3
3?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM.3
step 3?
BLOCK INPUT3 Minimum frequency block input, step 3?
ENABLE 4 Minimum frequency enable, step 4?
PICK UNDERF4 Minimum frequency, step 4?
Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 4
4?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM.4
step 4?
BLOCK INPUT4 Minimum frequency block input, step 4?
MAXIM. FREQ ENABLE Maximum frequency enable?
PICK UP Maximum frequency?
DEFIN. TIME Maximum frequency definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Maximum frequency trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Maximum frequency block input?
MIN.SPV. VOLTAGE MIN. SPV. V. Minimum supervision voltage?
UNDERVOLTAGE
UNDERVOLT.PROT ENABLE Undervoltage IUV enable?
IUV
PICKUP ALARM Undervoltage IUV pickup threshold?
FIXED TIME Undervoltage IUV definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Undervoltage IUV trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Undervoltage IUV block input?
UNDERVOLTAGE
ENABLE Undervoltage TUV enable?
TUV
PICKUP ALARM Undervoltage TUV pickup threshold?
CURVE SHAPE Undervoltage TUV curve shape?
TIME INDEX Undervoltage TUV time index?
FIXED TIME Undervoltage TUV definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Undervoltage TUV trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Undervoltage TUV block input?
OVERVOLTAGE PR. ENABLE Overvoltage enable?
PICKUP ALARM Overvoltage pickup threshold?
FIXED TIME Overvoltage definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Overvoltage trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Overvoltage block input?
5 ARM. OVEREXC. ENABLE 5 harm overexcitation enable?
MIN.OP.CUR. Minimum operating current (xIn)?
ALARM THRES. Alarm threshold (%)?
FIXED TIME 5 harm overexcitation fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. 5 harm overexcitation trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT 5 harm overexcitation locking input?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 52
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) SEE TABLE 1 PROTECTION ADDITIONAL PROT. 5 ARM. OVEREXC. ENABLE 5 harm overexcitation enable?
MIN.OP.CUR. Minimum operating current (xIn)?
ALARM THRES. Alarm threshold (%)?
FIXED TIME 5 harm overexcitation fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. 5 harm overexcitation trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT 5 harm overexcitation locking input?
V/f OVEREXC. 2 ENABLE V/foverexcitation enable, unit 2?
MIN.OP.VOLT Minimum operating voltage?
ALARM THRES. V/foverexcitation pickup threshold, unit 2?
FIXED TIME V/foverexcitation definite time, unit 2?
TRIP PERMIS. V/foverexcitation trip permission, unit 2?
BLOCK. INPUT V/foverexcitation block input, unit 2?
WINDING SELECT. WINDING SEL. Reference winding selection?
BREAKER MONITOR. W.1 BREAKER MON. TRIP LATCH Breaker 1 trip locking?
OPEN FAIL T. Breaker 1 open failure timing (sec)?
CLOSE LATCH Breaker 1 close locking?
CLOS FAIL T. Breaker 1 close failure timing (sec)?
ALARM KI2 Breaker 1 KI2 alarm threshold?
INITIAL KI2 Breaker 1 KI2 initial value'
ENAB.TRIP SV Breaker 1 trip circuit supervision enable ?
ENAB.CLOS SV Breaker 1 close circuit supervision enable?
W.2 BREAKER MON. TRIP LATCH Breaker 2 trip locking?
OPEN FAIL T. Breaker 2 open failure timing (sec)?
CLOSE LATCH Breaker 2 close locking?
CLOS FAIL T. Breaker 2 close failure timing (sec)?
ALARM KI2 Breaker 2 KI2 alarm threshold?
INITIAL KI2 Breaker 2 KI2 initial value?
ENAB.TRIP SV Breaker 2 trip circuit supervision enable ?
ENAB.CLOS SV Breaker 2 close circuit supervision enable?
W.3 BREAKER MON. TRIP LATCH Breaker 3 trip locking?
OPEN FAIL T. Breaker 3 open failure timing (sec)?
CLOSE LATCH Breaker 3 close locking?
CLOS FAIL T. Breaker 3 close failure timing (sec)?
ALARM KI2 Breaker 3 KI2 alarm threshold?
INITIAL KI2 Breaker 3 KI2 initial value?
ENAB.TRIP SV Breaker 3 trip circuit supervision enable ?
ENAB.CLOS SV Breaker 3 close circuit supervision enable?

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) SEE TABLE 1 HISTORICALS WINDOW for AVERG Time window for sample average calculation?
RECORDING INTERV Historical record time interval?
CALENDAR MASK Week days calendar mask?
START TIME Daily record start time?
END TIME Daily record end time?
SEE TABLE 2 Same as Table 1
SEE TABLE 3 Same as Table 1
SEE TABLE0 CONFIGURAT. I/O DIGITAL INPUTS Input config. Inputs configuration?
DIGITAL OUTPUTS Output config Outputs configuration?
LEDS Leds config LEDs configuration?
GENERALS RELAY SERVICE IN SERVICE Relay in service?
TRANSFORM CARACT WINDING 1 V. Winding 1 rated voltage transformation ratio?
WINDING 2 V. Winding 2 rated voltage transformation ratio?
WINDING 3 V. Winding 3 rated voltage transformation ratio?
RATIO TRAF.V Measurements and auxiliary voltage transformation ratio?
TRANSFORM. RATIO WIND.1 TRAFO Winding 1 current transformation ratio?
WIND.2 TRAFO Winding 2 current transformation ratio?
WIND.3 TRAFO Winding 3 current transformation ratio?
GND. 1 TRAFO Neutral 1 transformation ratio?
GND. 2 TRAFO Neutral 2 transformation ratio?
TRANSF. CONNECT WINDING 1 GR Wnding 1 transformer connection group?
WINDING 2 GR Wnding 2 transformer connection group?
WINDING 3 GR Wnding 3 transformer connection group?
W2 TIME CODE Winding 1 time code?
W3 TIME CODE Winding 2 time code?
PROG.FUNCTION 86 FUNC. 86 EN. Function 86 enable?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 53
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTING (see) SEE TABLE 0 CONFIG.COMMUNIC. LCU ADDRESS Protection address
BAUD RATE Baud rate?
PARITY yes/no Parity(even) yes/no?
STOP BITS Number of stop bits?
CHANGE
SPECIAL SETTING FREQUENCY Change frequency?
FREQUENCY
LANGUAGE CHANGE LANGUAGE Change language?
PHASE ORDER See phase order
SEE DNP
DNP DNP LCU ADDRESS See DNP LCU address
COMMUNIC
DNP DNP MASTER ADDRESS Master address for DNP communication

DNP DNP BAUD RATE Baus rate in the DNP communication

DNP DNP COMMUNIC PARITY Parity in the DNP communication

DNP DNP STOP BITS Stop Bits for the DNP communication

DNP SEE RTS TIME RTS time in the DNP communication


response waiting time in the DNP
DNP DNP RES. WAITING TIME
communication
DNP RESEND. WAITING TIME Resending waiting time

DNP DCD WAITING TIME DCD waiting time

DNP VBLE WAITING TIME VAriable waiting time

DNP DNP COLLISION DNP Collision

DNP COMMS TYPE Communication type

DNP CTS WAITING TIME CTS waiting time (ms)


WAITING TIME AFTER
DNP Waiting time after transmission (ms)
TRANS.
DNP SYNCHRONIZ. TIME Time for synchronization (min)
MEASUR. COUNT
DNP measurement count variation
VARIATION
SEND. NON REQ.
DNP Non-requested message sending
MESSAGES
DNP SEE MEASUR. FORMAT See measurement format

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS (change) CHANGE DATA CHANGE DATA Change data
CHANGE TIME Change time
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate date and time change
ACTIVATE TABLE ACTIVATE TABLE 1 Hacer activa la tabla 1
ACTIVATE TABLE 2 Hacer activa la tabla 2
ACTIVATE TABLE 3 Hacer activa la tabla 3
PROG. TABLE 1 PROTECTION WINDING 1 PROT. PHASE TOC ENABLE TOC Phase TOC enable?
PICKUP Phase TOC pickup.?
CURVE SHAPE Phase TOC curve type?
TIME INDEX Phase TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Phase TOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Phase TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Phase TOC locking input.?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
PHASE IOC ENABLE INST Phase IOC enable?
PICKUP INST Phase IOC pickup?
FIXED TIME Phase IOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Phase IOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Phase IOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
RESIDUAL TOC ENABLE TOC Residual TOC enable?
PICKUP Residual TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Residual TOC curve type?
TIME INDEX Residual TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Residual TOC definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Residual TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Residual TOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 54
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS (change) PROG. TABLE1 PROTECTION WINDING 1 PROT. RESIDUAL IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Residual IOC level 1 enable?
PICK.LEVEL1 Residual IOC level 1 enable?
FXD.TIME 1 Residual IOC level 1 definite time?
Residual IOC level 1 trip
PERMISS. 1
permission?
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Residual IOC level 1 locking input?
ENA. LEVEL 2 Residual IOC level 2 enable?
PICK.LEVEL2 Residual IOC level 2 pickup?
FXD.TIME 2 Residual IOC level 2 definite time?
Residual IOC level 2 trip
PERMISS. 2
permission?
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Residual IOC level 2 locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
UNBALANCE TOC ENABLE TOC Unbalance TOC enable?
. PICKUP Unbalance TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Unbalance TOC curve type?
TIME INDEX Unbalance TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Unbalance TOC deffitnite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance TOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
UNBALANCE IOC ENABLE INST Unbalance IOC enable?
PICKUP INST Unbalance IOC pickup?
FIXED TIME Unbalance IOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance IOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance IOC blocking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
THERMAL IMAGE ENABLE Thermal image enable?
ALARM THRES Thermal image alarm threshold?
HEATING CONSTANT Heating constant
CTOOLING
Ctooling constant
CONSTANT
NOMINAL CUR Basic current (In)?
PERMISO DISP. Thermal image trip permission?
ENT. BLOQUEO Thermal image locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
BREAKER FAIL.
ENABLE Breaker failure enable?
P.
BLOCK.INPUT Breaker failure locking input?
REPOS.PHASE Breaker failure phase restore?
REPOS.GND Breaker failure ground restore?
FIXED TIME Breaker failure fixed time?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 55
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS (change) PROG. TABLE1 PROTECTION WINDING 2 PROT. PHASE TOC ENABLE TOC Phase TOC enable?
PICKUP Phase TOC pickup.?
CURVE SHAPE Phase TOC curve type?
TIME INDEX Phase TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Phase TOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Phase TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Phase TOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
PHASE IOC ENABLE INST Phase IOC enable?
PICKUP INST Phase IOC pickup?
FIXED TIME Phase IOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Phase IOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Phase IOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Residual TOC enable?
RESIDUAL TOC ENABLE TOC Residual TOC pickup?
PICKUP Residual TOC curve shape?
CURVE SHAPE Residual TOC time index?
TIME INDEX Residual TOC fixed time?
FIXED TIME Residual TOC trip permission?
TRIP PERMIS. Residual TOC locking input?
BLOCK.INPUT Residual TOC enable?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
RESIDUAL IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Residual IOC level 1 enable?
PICK.LEVEL1 Residual IOC level 1 pickup?
FXD.TIME 1 Residual IOC level 1 fixed time?
PERMISS. 1 Residual IOC level 1 trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Residual IOC level 1 locking input?
ENA. LEVEL 2 Residual IOC level 2 enable?
PICK.LEVEL2 Residual IOC level 2 pickup?
FXD.TIME 2 Residual IOC level 2 fixed time?
PERMISS. 2 Residual IOC level 2 trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Residual IOC level 2 locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 56
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS (change) PROG. TABLE1 PROTECTION WINDING 2 PROT. UNBALANCE TOC ENABLE TOC Unbalance TOC enable?
. PICKUP Unbalance TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Unbalance TOC curve type?
TIME INDEX Unbalance TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Unbalance TOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance TOC block input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings??
UNBALANCE IOC ENABLE INST Inbalance IOC enable?
PICKUP INST Inbalance IOC pickup?
FIXED TIME Unbalance IOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Inbalance IOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance IOC block input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
THERMAL IMAGE ENABLE Thermal overload enable?
ALARM THRES Thermal image alarm threshold?
HEATING CONSTANT Heating constant
CTOOLING CONSTANT Ctooling constant
NOMINAL CUR Basic current (In)?
PERMISO DISP. Thermal image trip permission?
ENT. BLOQUEO Thermal image locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
BREAKER FAIL. P. ENABLE Breaker failure enable?
BLOCK.INPUT Breaker failure block input?
REPOS.PHASE Breaker failure phase restore?
REPOS.GND Breaker failure neutral restore?
FIXED TIME Breaker failure fixed time?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS (change) PROG. TABLE1 PROTECTION WINDING 3 PROT. PHASE TOC ENABLE TOC Habilitacin temporizado de fases?
PICKUP Arranque temporizado de fases?
CURVE SHAPE Tipo de curva temporizado de fases?
TIME INDEX Indice de curva temporizado de fases?
FIXED TIME Tiempo fijo temporizado de fases?
TRIP PERMIS. Permiso de disparo temporizado de fases?
BLOCK.INPUT Entrada de bloqueo temporizado de fases?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
PHASE IOC ENABLE INST Phase IOC enable?
PICKUP INST Phase IOC pickup?
FIXED TIME Phase IOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Phase IOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Phase IOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
RESIDUAL TOC ENABLE TOC Residual TOC enable?
PICKUP Residual TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Residual TOC curve type?
TIME INDEX Residual TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Residual TOC definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Residual TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Residual TOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
RESIDUAL IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Residual IOC level 1 enable?
PICK.LEVEL1 Residual IOC level 1 enable?
FXD.TIME 1 Residual IOC level 1 definite time?
PERMISS. 1 Residual IOC level 1 trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Residual IOC level 1 locking input?
ENA. LEVEL 2 Residual IOC level 2 enable?
PICK.LEVEL2 Residual IOC level 2 pickup?
FXD.TIME 2 Residual IOC level 2 definite time?
PERMISS. 2 Residual IOC level 2 trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Residual IOC level 2 locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 57
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
PROG. WINDING 3
SETTINGS (change) PROG.PROTECTION UNBALANCE TOC ENABLE TOC Unbalance TOC enable?
TABLE1 PROT.
PICKUP Unbalance TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Unbalance TOC curve type?
TIME INDEX Unbalance TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Unbalance TOC deffitnite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance TOC locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
UNBALANCE IOC ENABLE INST Unbalance IOC enable?
PICKUP INST Unbalance IOC pickup?
FIXED TIME Unbalance IOC fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. Unbalance IOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Unbalance IOC blocking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
THERMAL IMAGE ENABLE Thermal overload enable?
ALARM THRES Thermal image alarm threshold?
HEATING CONSTANT Heating constant
CTOOLING
Ctooling constant
CONSTANT
NOMINAL CUR Basic current (In)?
PERMISO DISP. Thermal image trip permission?
ENT. BLOQUEO Thermal image locking input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
BREAKER FAIL. P. ENABLE Breaker failure enable?
BLOCK.INPUT Breaker failure block input?
REPOS.PHASE Breaker failure phase restore?
REPOS.GND Breaker failure neutral restore?
FIXED TIME Breaker failure fixed time?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 58
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
PROG.
SETTINGS (change)G PROTECTION PRO.DIFFERENTIAL DIFFERENTIAL % ENAB.DIFER.% Differential enable?
TABLE1
SENSITIVITY Sensitivity (xIn)?
RESTRAINT 1 Restrain current 1?
RESTRAINT 2 Restrain current 2?
Slope M1 (%) Slope 1 (%)?
Slope M1 (%) Slope 2(%)?
ADDIT. TIME Percent differential additional time?
TRIP PERMIS. Percent differential trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Percent differential block input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
INS.DIFFERENTIAL ENABLE INST Instantaneous differential enable?
PICKUP INST Instantaneous differential pickup?
FIXED TIME Instantaneous differential fixed time?
Instantaneous differential trip
TRIP PERMIS.
permission?
Instantaneous differential block
BLOCK.INPUT
input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
INRUSH RESTRAINT INRUSH INRUSH restraint enable?
INRUSH LEVEL (%) INRUSH restraint level?
Validate settings of INRUSH
NEW PAR. VALID?
restraint?
OVEREXC.
OVEREXC ENABLE Overexcitation restraint enable?
RESTRAINT.
OVEREXC.
Overexcitation restraint level?
LEVEL.(%)
Validar ajustes frenado
VALID.PAR.NUE?
sobrexcitacin?
RESTRICT. EARTH1 ENAB. RESTR. Restricted earth unit 1 enable?
PICK RESTR. Restricted earth unit 1 pickup?
Restricted earth unit 1 additional
TIME RESTR.
time?
Restricted earth unit 1 trip
TRIP PERMIS.
permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Restricted earth unit 1 block input?
Restricted earth unit 1 comparation
COMPAR. WINDING
winding?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
RESTRICT. EARTH2 ENAB. RESTR. Restricted earth unit 2 enable?
PICK RESTR. Restricted earth unit 2 pickup?
Restricted earth unit 2 additional
TIME RESTR.
time?
Restricted earth unit 2 trip
TRIP PERMIS.
permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Restricted earth unit 2 block input?
Restricted earth unit 2 comparation
COMPAR. WINDING
winding?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 59
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS (change) PROG. TABLE1 PROTECTION PRO.DIFFERENTIAL GROUND 1 TOC ENABLE TOC Ground 1 TOC enable?
PICKUP Ground 1 TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Ground 1 TOC curve shape?
TIME INDEX Ground 1 TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Ground 1 TOC definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Ground 1 TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Ground 1 TOC block input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
GROUND 1 IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Ground 1 IOC enable level 1?
PICK.LEVEL1 Ground 1 IOC pickup level 1?
FXD.TIME 1 Ground 1 IOC fixed time level 1?
PERMISS. 1 Ground 1 IOC trip permission level 1?
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Ground 1 IOC block input level 1?
ENA. LEVEL 2 Ground 1 IOC enable level 2?
PICK.LEVEL2 Ground 1 IOC pickup level 2?
FXD.TIME 2 Ground 1 IOC fixed time level 2?
PERMISS. 2 Ground 1 IOC trip permission level 2?
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Ground 1 IOC block input level 2?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
GROUND 2 TOC ENABLE TOC Ground 2 TOC enable?
PICKUP Ground 2 TOC pickup?
CURVE SHAPE Ground 2 TOC curve shape?
TIME INDEX Ground 2 TOC time index?
FIXED TIME Ground 2 TOC definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Ground 2 TOC trip permission?
BLOCK.INPUT Ground 2 TOC block input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings??
GROUND 2 IOC ENA. LEVEL 1 Ground 2 IOC enable level 1?
PICK.LEVEL1 Ground 2 IOC pickup level 1'
FXD.TIME 1 Ground 2 IOC fixed time level 1?
PERMISS. 1 Ground 2 IOC trip permission level 1?
BLOCK.INPUT.1 Ground 2 IOC block input level 1?
ENA. LEVEL 2 Ground 2 IOC enable level 2?
PICK.LEVEL2 Ground 2 IOC pickup level 2?
FXD.TIME 2 Ground 2 IOC fixed time level 2?
PERMISS. 2 Ground 2 IOC trip permission level 2?
BLOCK.INPUT.2 Ground 2 IOC block input level 2?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS PROG. ADDITIONAL
PROTECTION UNDERFREQUENCY ENABLE 1 Minimum frequency enable, step 1?
(change) TABLE1 PROT.
PICK UNDERF1 Minimum frequency, step 1'
Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 1
1?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM.1
step 1?
Minimum frequency block input, step
BLOCK INPUT1
1?
ENABLE 2 Minimum frequency enable, step 2?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 60
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

PICK UNDERF2 Minimum frequency, step 2?


Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 2
2?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM21
step 2?
Minimum frequency block input, step
BLOCK INPUT2
2?
ENABLE 3 Minimum frequency enable, step 3?
PICK UNDERF3 Minimum frequency, step 3?
Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 3
3?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM.3
step 3?
Minimum frequency block input, step
BLOCK INPUT3
3?
ENABLE 4 Minimum frequency enable, step 4?
PICK UNDERF4 Minimum frequency, step 4?
Minimum frequency definite time, step
DEF. TIME 4
4?
Minimum frequency trip permission,
TRIP PERM.4
step 4?
Minimum frequency block input, step
BLOCK INPUT4
4?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
OVERFREQUENCY ENABLE Maximum frequency enable?
PICK OVERFR. Maximum frequency?
DEFIN. TIME Maximum frequency definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Maximum frequency trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Maximum frequency block input?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
MIN.SPV. VOLTAGE MIN. SPV. V. Minimum supervision voltage?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
UNDERVOLTAGE
UNDERVOLT.PROT. ENABLE Undervoltage IUV enable?
IUV
PICKUP ALARM Undervoltage IUV pickup threshold?
FIXED TIME Undervoltage IUV definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Undervoltage IUV trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Undervoltage IUV block input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
UNDERVOLTAGE
ENABLE Undervoltage TUV enable?
TUV
PICKUP ALARM Undervoltage TUV pickup threshold?
CURVE SHAPE Undervoltage TUV curve shape?
TIME INDEX Undervoltage TUV time index?
FIXED TIME Undervoltage TUV definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Undervoltage TUV trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Undervoltage TUV block input?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
OVERVOLTAGE PR. ENABLE Overvoltage enable?
PICKUP ALARM Overvoltage pickup threshold?
FIXED TIME Overvoltage definite time?
TRIP PERMIS. Overvoltage trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT Overvoltage block input?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS PROG. TABLE ADDITIONAL
PROTECTION 5 ARM. OVEREXC. ENABLE 5 harm overexcitation enable?
(change) 1 PROT.
MIN.OP.CUR. Minimum operating current (xIn)?
ALARM THRES. Alarm threshold (%)?
FIXED TIME 5 harm overexcitation fixed time?
TRIP PERMIS. 5 harm overexcitation trip permission?
BLOCK INPUT 5 harm overexcitation locking input?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
V/f OVEREXC. 1 ENABLE V/foverexcitation enable, unit 1?
MIN.OP.VOLT Minimum operating voltage?
ALARM THRES. V/foverexcitation pickup threshold, unit 1?
FIXED TIME V/foverexcitation definite time, unit 1?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 61
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

TRIP PERMIS. V/foverexcitation trip permission, unit 1?


BLOCK. INPUT V/foverexcitation block input, unit 1?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
V/f OVEREXC. 2 ENABLE V/foverexcitation enable, unit 2?
MIN.OP.VOLT Minimum operating voltage?
ALARM THRES. V/foverexcitation pickup threshold, unit 2?
FIXED TIME V/foverexcitation definite time, unit 2?
TRIP PERMIS. V/foverexcitation trip permission, unit 2?
BLOCK. INPUT V/foverexcitation block input, unit 2?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
WINDING
WINDING SEL. Reference winding selection?
SELECT.
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 62
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED FOR:
SETTINGS BREAKER
PROG. TABLE 1 W.1 BREAKER MON. TRIP LATCH Breaker 1 trip locking?
(change) MONITOR.
OPEN FAIL T. Breaker 1 open failure timing (sec)?
CLOSE LATCH Breaker 1 close locking?
CLOS FAIL T. Breaker 1 close failure timing (sec)?
ALARM KI2 Breaker 1 KI2 alarm threshold?
INITIAL KI2 Breaker 1 KI2 initial value'
ENAB.TRIP SV Breaker 1 trip circuit supervision enable ?
ENAB.CLOS SV Breaker 1 close circuit supervision enable?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
W.2 BREAKER MON. TRIP LATCH Breaker 2 trip locking?
OPEN FAIL T. Breaker 2 open failure timing (sec)?
CLOSE LATCH Breaker 2 close locking?
CLOS FAIL T. Breaker 2 close failure timing (sec)?
ALARM KI2 Breaker 2 KI2 alarm threshold?
INITIAL KI2 Breaker 2 KI2 initial value?
ENAB.TRIP SV Breaker 2 trip circuit supervision enable ?
ENAB.CLOS SV Breaker 2 close circuit supervision enable?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
W.3 BREAKER MON. TRIP LATCH Breaker 3 trip locking?
OPEN FAIL T. Breaker 3 open failure timing (sec)?
CLOSE LATCH Breaker 3 close locking?
CLOS FAIL T. Breaker 3 close failure timing (sec)?
ALARM KI2 Breaker 3 KI2 alarm threshold?
INITIAL KI2 Breaker 3 KI2 initial value?
ENAB.TRIP SV Breaker 3 trip circuit supervision enable ?
ENAB.CLOS SV Breaker 3 close circuit supervision enable?
NEW PAR.
Validate settings?
VALID?
HISTORICALS WINDOW for AVERG Time window for sample average calculation?
RECORDING INTERV Historical record time interval?
CALENDAR MASK Week days calendar mask?
START TIME Daily record start time?
END TIME Daily record end time?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
Table 2 programming same as Table 1
PROG. TABLE 2
programming
Table 3 programming same as Table 1
PROG. TABLE 3
programming

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 63
0BKEYBOARD / DISPLAY

APPLIED
FOR:
SETTINGS PROG. TABLE
CONFIGURAT. I/O DIGITAL INPUTS Input config. Inputs configuration?
(change) 0
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
DIGITAL OUTPUTS Output config Outputs configuration?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
LEDS Leds config LEDs configuration?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
GENERALS RELAY SERVICE IN SERVICE Relay in service?
TRANSFORM
WINDING 1 V. Winding 1 rated voltage transformation ratio?
CARACT
WINDING 2 V. Winding 2 rated voltage transformation ratio?
WINDING 3 V. Winding 3 rated voltage transformation ratio?
Measurements and auxiliary voltage
RATIO TRAF.V
transformation ratio?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
TRANSFORM. RATIO WIND.1 TRAFO Winding 1 current transformation ratio?
WIND.2 TRAFO Winding 2 current transformation ratio?
WIND.3 TRAFO Winding 3 current transformation ratio?
GND. 1 TRAFO Neutral 1 transformation ratio?
GND. 2 TRAFO Neutral 2 transformation ratio?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
TRANSF. CONNECT WINDING 1 GR Wnding 1 transformer connection group?
WINDING 2 GR Wnding 2 transformer connection group?
WINDING 3 GR Wnding 3 transformer connection group?
W2 TIME CODE Winding 1 time code?
W3 TIME CODE Winding 2 time code?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
PROG.FUNCTION 86 FUNC. 86 EN. Function 86 enable?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
CONFIG.COMMUNIC. LCU ADDRESS Protection address
BAUD RATE Baud rate?
PARITY yes/no Parity(even) yes/no?
STOP BITS Number of stop bits?
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
CHANGE
SPECIAL SETTING FREQUENCY Change frequency?
FREQUENCY
(key ) NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?
CHANGE
LANGUAGE Change language?
LANGUAGE
NEW PAR. VALID? Validate settings?

SETTINGS (change) PROG. TABLE 0 SEE DNP COMMUNIC DNP LCU ADDRESS See DNP LCU address
DNP DNP MASTER ADDRESS Master address for DNP communication
DNP DNP BAUD RATE Baus rate in the DNP communication
DNP DNP COMMUNIC PARITY Parity in the DNP communication
DNP DNP STOP BITS Stop Bits for the DNP communication
DNP DNP RTS TIME RTS time in the DNP communication
DNP DNP RES. WAITING TIME response waiting time in the DNP communication
DNP RESEND. WAITING TIME Resending waiting time
DNP DCD WAITING TIME DCD waiting time
DNP VBLE WAITING TIME VAriable waiting time
DNP DNP COLLISION DNP Collision
DNP COMMS TYPE Communication type
DNP CTS WAITING TIME CTS waiting time (ms)
DNP WAITING TIME AFTER TRANS. Waiting time after transmission (ms)
DNP SYNCHRONIZ. TIME Time for synchronization (min)
DNP MEASUR. COUNT VARIATION measurement count variation
DNP SEND. NON REQ. MESSAGES Non-requested message sending
DNP SEE MEASUR. FORMAT See measurement format
DNP NEW PAR. VALID? Validate DNP communication settings
INITIALIZE MAXIMETER1 = 0 ? Set maximeter as 0?
MAXIMETER2 = 0 ? Set maximeter 2 as 0?
MAXIMETER3 = 0 ? Set maximeter 3 as 0?
KI2 1 =INIT. 1 ? Initialize KI2 sum 1 with its setting value?
KI2 2 =INIT. 2 ? Set as 0 KI2 2?
KI2 3 =INIT. 3 ? KI2 3 initialize
DELETE DATA ? Resets queues.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 64
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

APPENDIX II. TIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

II.1. CEI/BS142 CURVES


Enclosed below are the groups of curves, according to BS142, which correspond to the following types:

Normal Inverse Characteristic.


Very Inverse Characteristic.
Extremely Inverse Characteristic
User Curve.

These curves comply with the general formula:

T = M * ( I / IoK) 1
In which:

T : trip time (sec)


M : multiplier ("time index"). Valid range from 0.05 to 1.09 in steps of 0.01
I: Measured current
Io: Pickup current setting
K, , , constants which depend on the type of curve:

Constants Inverse Charac. Very inverse Extremely inverse User


K 0.14 13.50 80.00 2.60
0.02 1.00 2.00 1.00

The following represent the curves which correspond to indices 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 and 1.0. for
each type of characteristic. Bear in mind that there are another 9 curves between each of the two curves illustrated, except
between 0.05 and 0.1, between which there are another 4.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 65
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Normal inverse curve

K = 0,14 = 0,02

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \ I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.05 7.170 3.669 1.916 1.331 1.037 0.860 0.501 0.378 0.315 0.249 0.214 0.176 0.149 0.137 0.126 0.113 0.099 0.091

0.06 8.604 4.402 2.299 1.597 1.244 1.032 0.602 0.454 0.378 0.299 0.257 0.212 0.178 0.165 0.151 0.136 0.119 0.110

0.07 10.038 5.136 2.683 1.863 1.451 1.204 0.702 0.530 0.441 0.349 0.300 0.247 0.208 0.192 0.176 0.159 0.139 0.128

0.08 11.472 5.870 3.066 2.129 1.659 1.376 0.802 0.606 0.504 0.398 0.342 0.282 0.238 0.220 0.201 0.181 0.159 0.146

0.09 12.906 6.604 3.449 2.395 1.866 1.547 0.903 0.681 0.567 0.448 0.385 0.317 0.267 0.247 0.226 0.204 0.179 0.165

0.10 14.340 7.337 3.832 2.661 2.073 1.719 1.003 0.757 0.630 0.498 0.428 0.353 0.297 0.275 0.252 0.227 0.199 0.183

0.11 15.774 8.071 4.216 2.927 2.281 1.891 1.103 0.833 0.693 0.548 0.471 0.388 0.327 0.302 0.277 0.249 0.219 0.201

0.12 17.208 8.805 4.599 3.193 2.488 2.063 1.203 0.908 0.756 0.598 0.514 0.423 0.356 0.330 0.302 0.272 0.239 0.219

0.13 18.642 9.539 4.982 3.459 2.695 2.235 1.304 0.984 0.819 0.647 0.556 0.459 0.386 0.357 0.327 0.295 0.259 0.238

0.14 20.076 10.272 5.365 3.725 2.903 2.407 1.404 1.060 0.882 0.697 0.599 0.494 0.416 0.385 0.352 0.317 0.278 0.256

0.15 21.510 11.006 5.749 3.992 3.110 2.579 1.504 1.135 0.945 0.747 0.642 0.529 0.446 0.412 0.377 0.340 0.298 0.274

0.16 22.944 11.740 6.132 4.258 3.317 2.751 1.605 1.211 1.008 0.797 0.685 0.564 0.475 0.440 0.402 0.363 0.318 0.293

0.17 24.378 12.474 6.515 4.524 3.525 2.923 1.705 1.287 1.071 0.847 0.728 0.600 0.505 0.467 0.428 0.385 0.338 0.311

0.18 25.812 13.207 6.898 4.790 3.732 3.095 1.805 1.363 1.134 0.896 0.770 0.635 0.535 0.495 0.453 0.408 0.358 0.329

0.19 27.246 13.941 7.282 5.056 3.939 3.267 1.906 1.438 1.197 0.946 0.813 0.670 0.564 0.522 0.478 0.431 0.378 0.347

0.20 28.680 14.675 7.665 5.322 4.147 3.439 2.006 1.514 1.260 0.996 0.856 0.706 0.594 0.550 0.503 0.453 0.398 0.366

0.25 35.850 18.344 9.581 6.653 5.184 4.299 2.507 1.892 1.575 1.245 1.070 0.882 0.743 0.687 0.629 0.567 0.497 0.457

0.30 43.021 22.012 11.497 7.983 6.220 5.158 3.009 2.271 1.891 1.494 1.284 1.058 0.891 0.824 0.755 0.680 0.597 0.549

0.35 50.191 25.681 13.413 9.314 7.257 6.018 3.510 2.649 2.206 1.743 1.498 1.235 1.040 0.962 0.880 0.794 0.696 0.640

0.40 57.361 29.350 15.329 10.644 8.294 6.878 4.012 3.028 2.521 1.992 1.712 1.411 1.188 1.099 1.006 0.907 0.796 0.731

0.45 64.531 33.018 17.246 11.975 9.330 7.737 4.513 3.406 2.836 2.241 1.926 1.587 1.337 1.236 1.132 1.020 0.895 0.823

0.50 71.701 36.687 19.162 13.305 10.367 8.597 5.015 3.785 3.151 2.490 2.140 1.764 1.485 1.374 1.258 1.134 0.994 0.914

0.55 78.871 40.356 21.078 14.636 11.404 9.457 5.516 4.163 3.466 2.739 2.354 1.940 1.634 1.511 1.384 1.247 1.094 1.006

0.60 86.041 44.025 22.994 15.966 12.441 10.317 6.017 4.542 3.781 2.988 2.568 2.117 1.782 1.649 1.509 1.360 1.193 1.097

0.65 93.211 47.693 24.910 17.297 13.477 11.176 6.519 4.920 4.096 3.237 2.782 2.293 1.931 1.786 1.635 1.474 1.293 1.188

0.70 100.381 51.362 26.827 18.627 14.514 12.036 7.020 5.299 4.411 3.486 2.996 2.469 2.079 1.923 1.761 1.587 1.392 1.280

0.75 107.551 55.031 28.743 19.958 15.551 12.896 7.522 5.677 4.726 3.735 3.210 2.646 2.228 2.061 1.887 1.701 1.492 1.371

0.80 114.721 58.700 30.659 21.288 16.587 13.755 8.023 6.056 5.042 3.984 3.424 2.822 2.376 2.198 2.012 1.814 1.591 1.463

0.85 121.891 62.368 32.575 22.619 17.624 14.615 8.525 6.434 5.357 4.233 3.638 2.999 2.525 2.335 2.138 1.927 1.691 1.554

0.90 129.062 66.037 34.491 23.949 18.661 15.475 9.026 6.813 5.672 4.482 3.852 3.175 2.674 2.473 2.264 2.041 1.790 1.646

0.95 136.232 69.706 36.408 25.280 19.697 16.335 9.528 7.191 5.987 4.731 4.066 3.351 2.822 2.610 2.390 2.154 1.889 1.737

1.00 143.402 73.374 38.324 26.611 20.734 17.194 10.029 7.570 6.302 4.980 4.280 3.528 2.971 2.748 2.516 2.267 1.989 1.828

1.05 150.572 77.043 40.240 27.941 21.771 18.054 10.530 7.948 6.617 5.229 4.494 3.704 3.119 2.885 2.641 2.381 2.088 1.920

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 66
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Inverse Characteristic

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 67
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Very inverse curve

K = 13,5 =1

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \ I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.05 13.500 6.750 3.375 2.250 1.688 1.350 0.675 0.450 0.338 0.225 0.169 0.113 0.075 0.061 0.048 0.036 0.023 0.017

0.06 16.200 8.100 4.050 2.700 2.025 1.620 0.810 0.540 0.405 0.270 0.203 0.135 0.090 0.074 0.058 0.043 0.028 0.021

0.07 18.900 9.450 4.725 3.150 2.363 1.890 0.945 0.630 0.472 0.315 0.236 0.157 0.105 0.086 0.068 0.050 0.033 0.024

0.08 21.600 10.800 5.400 3.600 2.700 2.160 1.080 0.720 0.540 0.360 0.270 0.180 0.120 0.098 0.077 0.057 0.037 0.028

0.09 24.300 12.150 6.075 4.050 3.038 2.430 1.215 0.810 0.607 0.405 0.304 0.202 0.135 0.110 0.087 0.064 0.042 0.031

0.10 27.000 13.500 6.750 4.500 3.375 2.700 1.350 0.900 0.675 0.450 0.337 0.225 0.150 0.123 0.096 0.071 0.047 0.035

0.11 29.700 14.850 7.425 4.950 3.712 2.970 1.485 0.990 0.742 0.495 0.371 0.247 0.165 0.135 0.106 0.078 0.051 0.038

0.12 32.400 16.200 8.100 5.400 4.050 3.240 1.620 1.080 0.810 0.540 0.405 0.270 0.180 0.147 0.116 0.085 0.056 0.042

0.13 35.100 17.550 8.775 5.850 4.388 3.510 1.755 1.170 0.877 0.585 0.439 0.292 0.195 0.160 0.125 0.092 0.061 0.045

0.14 37.800 18.900 9.450 6.300 4.725 3.780 1.890 1.260 0.945 0.630 0.472 0.315 0.210 0.172 0.135 0.099 0.065 0.048

0.15 40.500 20.250 10.125 6.750 5.063 4.050 2.025 1.350 1.013 0.675 0.506 0.338 0.225 0.184 0.145 0.107 0.070 0.052

0.16 43.200 21.600 10.800 7.200 5.400 4.320 2.160 1.440 1.080 0.720 0.540 0.360 0.240 0.196 0.154 0.114 0.074 0.055

0.17 45.900 22.950 11.475 7.650 5.738 4.590 2.295 1.530 1.148 0.765 0.574 0.383 0.255 0.209 0.164 0.121 0.079 0.059

0.18 48.600 24.300 12.150 8.100 6.075 4.860 2.430 1.620 1.215 0.810 0.608 0.405 0.270 0.221 0.174 0.128 0.084 0.062

0.19 51.300 25.650 12.825 8.550 6.413 5.130 2.565 1.710 1.283 0.855 0.641 0.428 0.285 0.233 0.183 0.135 0.088 0.066

0.20 54.000 27.000 13.500 9.000 6.750 5.400 2.700 1.800 1.350 0.900 0.675 0.450 0.300 0.245 0.193 0.142 0.093 0.069

0.25 67.500 33.750 16.875 11.250 8.438 6.750 3.375 2.250 1.688 1.125 0.844 0.563 0.375 0.307 0.241 0.178 0.116 0.087

0.30 81.000 40.500 20.250 13.500 10.125 8.100 4.050 2.700 2.025 1.350 1.013 0.675 0.450 0.368 0.289 0.213 0.140 0.104

0.35 94.500 47.250 23.625 15.750 11.813 9.450 4.725 3.150 2.363 1.575 1.181 0.788 0.525 0.430 0.338 0.249 0.163 0.121

0.40 108.000 54.000 27.000 18.000 13.500 10.800 5.400 3.600 2.700 1.800 1.350 0.900 0.600 0.491 0.386 0.284 0.186 0.138

0.45 121.500 60.750 30.375 20.250 15.188 12.150 6.075 4.050 3.038 2.025 1.519 1.013 0.675 0.552 0.434 0.320 0.209 0.156

0.50 135.000 67.500 33.750 22.500 16.875 13.500 6.750 4.500 3.375 2.250 1.688 1.125 0.750 0.614 0.482 0.355 0.233 0.173

0.55 148.500 74.250 37.125 24.750 18.563 14.850 7.425 4.950 3.713 2.475 1.856 1.238 0.825 0.675 0.530 0.391 0.256 0.190

0.60 162.000 81.000 40.500 27.000 20.250 16.200 8.100 5.400 4.050 2.700 2.025 1.350 0.900 0.736 0.579 0.426 0.279 0.208

0.65 175.500 87.750 43.875 29.250 21.938 17.550 8.775 5.850 4.388 2.925 2.194 1.463 0.975 0.798 0.627 0.462 0.303 0.225

0.70 189.000 94.500 47.250 31.500 23.625 18.900 9.450 6.300 4.725 3.150 2.363 1.575 1.050 0.859 0.675 0.497 0.326 0.242

0.75 202.500 101.250 50.625 33.750 25.313 20.250 10.125 6.750 5.063 3.375 2.531 1.688 1.125 0.920 0.723 0.533 0.349 0.260

0.80 216.000 108.000 54.000 36.000 27.000 21.600 10.800 7.200 5.400 3.600 2.700 1.800 1.200 0.982 0.771 0.568 0.372 0.277

0.85 229.500 114.750 57.375 38.250 28.688 22.950 11.475 7.650 5.738 3.825 2.869 1.913 1.275 1.043 0.820 0.604 0.396 0.294

0.90 243.000 121.500 60.750 40.500 30.375 24.300 12.150 8.100 6.075 4.050 3.038 2.025 1.350 1.105 0.868 0.639 0.419 0.312

0.95 256.500 128.250 64.125 42.750 32.063 25.650 12.825 8.550 6.413 4.275 3.206 2.138 1.425 1.166 0.916 0.675 0.442 0.329

1.00 270.000 135.000 67.500 45.000 33.750 27.000 13.500 9.000 6.750 4.500 3.375 2.250 1.500 1.227 0.964 0.711 0.466 0.346

1.05 283.500 141.750 70.875 47.250 35.438 28.350 14.175 9.450 7.088 4.725 3.544 2.363 1.575 1.289 1.013 0.746 0.489 0.363

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 68
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Very Inverse Characteristic

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 69
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Extremely inverse curve


K = 80 =2

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \ I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.05 39.024 19.048 9.091 5.797 4.167 3.200 1.333 0.762 0.500 0.267 0.167 0.083 0.040 0.028 0.018 0.010 0.004 0.003

0.06 46.829 22.857 10.909 6.957 5.000 3.840 1.600 0.914 0.600 0.320 0.200 0.100 0.048 0.034 0.021 0.012 0.005 0.003

0.07 54.634 26.667 12.727 8.116 5.833 4.480 1.867 1.067 0.700 0.373 0.233 0.117 0.057 0.039 0.025 0.014 0.006 0.004

0.08 62.439 30.476 14.545 9.275 6.667 5.120 2.133 1.219 0.800 0.427 0.267 0.133 0.065 0.045 0.029 0.016 0.007 0.004

0.09 70.244 34.286 16.364 10.435 7.500 5.760 2.400 1.371 0.900 0.480 0.300 0.150 0.073 0.050 0.032 0.018 0.008 0.005

0.10 78.049 38.095 18.182 11.594 8.333 6.400 2.667 1.524 1.000 0.533 0.333 0.167 0.081 0.056 0.036 0.020 0.009 0.005

0.11 85.854 41.905 20.000 12.754 9.167 7.040 2.933 1.676 1.100 0.587 0.367 0.183 0.089 0.062 0.039 0.022 0.010 0.006

0.12 93.659 45.714 21.818 13.913 10.000 7.680 3.200 1.829 1.200 0.640 0.400 0.200 0.097 0.067 0.043 0.024 0.011 0.006

0.13 101.464 49.524 23.636 15.072 10.833 8.320 3.467 1.981 1.300 0.693 0.433 0.217 0.105 0.073 0.046 0.026 0.012 0.007

0.14 109.268 53.333 25.455 16.232 11.667 8.960 3.733 2.133 1.400 0.747 0.467 0.233 0.113 0.078 0.050 0.028 0.012 0.007

0.15 117.073 57.143 27.273 17.391 12.500 9.600 4.000 2.286 1.500 0.800 0.500 0.250 0.121 0.084 0.054 0.030 0.013 0.008

0.16 124.878 60.952 29.091 18.551 13.333 10.240 4.267 2.438 1.600 0.853 0.533 0.267 0.129 0.090 0.057 0.032 0.014 0.008

0.17 132.683 64.762 30.909 19.710 14.167 10.880 4.533 2.590 1.700 0.907 0.567 0.283 0.137 0.095 0.061 0.034 0.015 0.009

0.18 140.488 68.571 32.727 20.870 15.000 11.520 4.800 2.743 1.800 0.960 0.600 0.300 0.145 0.101 0.064 0.036 0.016 0.009

0.19 148.293 72.381 34.545 22.029 15.833 12.160 5.067 2.895 1.900 1.013 0.633 0.317 0.154 0.106 0.068 0.038 0.017 0.010

0.20 156.098 76.190 36.364 23.188 16.667 12.800 5.333 3.048 2.000 1.067 0.667 0.333 0.162 0.112 0.071 0.040 0.018 0.010

0.25 195.122 95.238 45.455 28.986 20.833 16.000 6.667 3.810 2.500 1.333 0.833 0.417 0.202 0.140 0.089 0.050 0.022 0.013

0.30 234.147 114.286 54.545 34.783 25.000 19.200 8.000 4.571 3.000 1.600 1.000 0.500 0.242 0.168 0.107 0.060 0.027 0.015

0.35 273.171 133.333 63.636 40.580 29.167 22.400 9.333 5.333 3.500 1.867 1.167 0.583 0.283 0.196 0.125 0.070 0.031 0.018

0.40 312.195 152.381 72.727 46.377 33.333 25.600 10.667 6.095 4.000 2.133 1.333 0.667 0.323 0.224 0.143 0.080 0.036 0.020

0.45 351.220 171.429 81.818 52.174 37.500 28.800 12.000 6.857 4.500 2.400 1.500 0.750 0.364 0.252 0.161 0.090 0.040 0.023

0.50 390.244 190.476 90.909 57.971 41.667 32.000 13.333 7.619 5.000 2.667 1.667 0.833 0.404 0.280 0.179 0.100 0.044 0.025

0.55 429.269 209.524 100.000 63.768 45.833 35.200 14.667 8.381 5.500 2.933 1.833 0.917 0.444 0.308 0.196 0.110 0.049 0.028

0.60 468.293 228.571 109.091 69.565 50.000 38.400 16.000 9.143 6.000 3.200 2.000 1.000 0.485 0.336 0.214 0.120 0.053 0.030

0.65 507.318 247.619 118.182 75.362 54.167 41.600 17.333 9.905 6.500 3.467 2.167 1.083 0.525 0.364 0.232 0.130 0.058 0.033

0.70 546.342 266.667 127.273 81.159 58.333 44.800 18.667 10.667 7.000 3.733 2.333 1.167 0.566 0.392 0.250 0.140 0.062 0.035

0.75 585.367 285.714 136.364 86.957 62.500 48.000 20.000 11.429 7.500 4.000 2.500 1.250 0.606 0.420 0.268 0.150 0.067 0.038

0.80 624.391 304.762 145.455 92.754 66.667 51.200 21.333 12.190 8.000 4.267 2.667 1.333 0.646 0.448 0.286 0.160 0.071 0.040

0.85 663.415 323.810 154.545 98.551 70.833 54.400 22.667 12.952 8.500 4.533 2.833 1.417 0.687 0.476 0.304 0.170 0.076 0.043

0.90 702.440 342.857 163.636 104.348 75.000 57.600 24.000 13.714 9.000 4.800 3.000 1.500 0.727 0.503 0.321 0.180 0.080 0.045

0.95 741.464 361.905 172.727 110.145 79.167 60.800 25.333 14.476 9.500 5.067 3.167 1.583 0.768 0.531 0.339 0.190 0.085 0.048

1.00 780.489 380.952 181.818 115.942 83.333 64.000 26.667 15.238 10.000 5.333 3.333 1.667 0.808 0.559 0.357 0.201 0.089 0.050

1.05 819.513 400.000 190.909 121.739 87.500 67.200 28.000 16.000 10.500 5.600 3.500 1.750 0.848 0.587 0.375 0.211 0.093 0.053

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 70
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Extremely Inverse Characteristic

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 71
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

User curve

K = 2,6 =1

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \ I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.05 2.600 1.300 0.650 0.433 0.325 0.260 0.130 0.087 0.065 0.043 0.032 0.022 0.014 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.004 0.003

0.06 3.120 1.560 0.780 0.520 0.390 0.312 0.156 0.104 0.078 0.052 0.039 0.026 0.017 0.014 0.011 0.008 0.005 0.004

0.07 3.640 1.820 0.910 0.607 0.455 0.364 0.182 0.121 0.091 0.061 0.045 0.030 0.020 0.017 0.013 0.010 0.006 0.005

0.08 4.160 2.080 1.040 0.693 0.520 0.416 0.208 0.139 0.104 0.069 0.052 0.035 0.023 0.019 0.015 0.011 0.007 0.005

0.09 4.680 2.340 1.170 0.780 0.585 0.468 0.234 0.156 0.117 0.078 0.058 0.039 0.026 0.021 0.017 0.012 0.008 0.006

0.10 5.200 2.600 1.300 0.867 0.650 0.520 0.260 0.173 0.130 0.087 0.065 0.043 0.029 0.024 0.019 0.014 0.009 0.007

0.11 5.720 2.860 1.430 0.953 0.715 0.572 0.286 0.191 0.143 0.095 0.071 0.048 0.032 0.026 0.020 0.015 0.010 0.007

0.12 6.240 3.120 1.560 1.040 0.780 0.624 0.312 0.208 0.156 0.104 0.078 0.052 0.035 0.028 0.022 0.016 0.011 0.008

0.13 6.760 3.380 1.690 1.127 0.845 0.676 0.338 0.225 0.169 0.113 0.084 0.056 0.038 0.031 0.024 0.018 0.012 0.009

0.14 7.280 3.640 1.820 1.213 0.910 0.728 0.364 0.243 0.182 0.121 0.091 0.061 0.040 0.033 0.026 0.019 0.013 0.009

0.15 7.800 3.900 1.950 1.300 0.975 0.780 0.390 0.260 0.195 0.130 0.098 0.065 0.043 0.035 0.028 0.021 0.013 0.010

0.16 8.320 4.160 2.080 1.387 1.040 0.832 0.416 0.277 0.208 0.139 0.104 0.069 0.046 0.038 0.030 0.022 0.014 0.011

0.17 8.840 4.420 2.210 1.473 1.105 0.884 0.442 0.295 0.221 0.147 0.111 0.074 0.049 0.040 0.032 0.023 0.015 0.011

0.18 9.360 4.680 2.340 1.560 1.170 0.936 0.468 0.312 0.234 0.156 0.117 0.078 0.052 0.043 0.033 0.025 0.016 0.012

0.19 9.880 4.940 2.470 1.647 1.235 0.988 0.494 0.329 0.247 0.165 0.124 0.082 0.055 0.045 0.035 0.026 0.017 0.013

0.20 10.400 5.200 2.600 1.733 1.300 1.040 0.520 0.347 0.260 0.173 0.130 0.087 0.058 0.047 0.037 0.027 0.018 0.013

0.25 13.000 6.500 3.250 2.167 1.625 1.300 0.650 0.433 0.325 0.217 0.163 0.108 0.072 0.059 0.046 0.034 0.022 0.017

0.30 15.600 7.800 3.900 2.600 1.950 1.560 0.780 0.520 0.390 0.260 0.195 0.130 0.087 0.071 0.056 0.041 0.027 0.020

0.35 18.200 9.100 4.550 3.033 2.275 1.820 0.910 0.607 0.455 0.303 0.228 0.152 0.101 0.083 0.065 0.048 0.031 0.023

0.40 20.800 10.400 5.200 3.467 2.600 2.080 1.040 0.693 0.520 0.347 0.260 0.173 0.116 0.095 0.074 0.055 0.036 0.027

0.45 23.400 11.700 5.850 3.900 2.925 2.340 1.170 0.780 0.585 0.390 0.293 0.195 0.130 0.106 0.084 0.062 0.040 0.030

0.50 26.000 13.000 6.500 4.333 3.250 2.600 1.300 0.867 0.650 0.433 0.325 0.217 0.144 0.118 0.093 0.068 0.045 0.033

0.55 28.600 14.300 7.150 4.767 3.575 2.860 1.430 0.953 0.715 0.477 0.358 0.238 0.159 0.130 0.102 0.075 0.049 0.037

0.60 31.200 15.600 7.800 5.200 3.900 3.120 1.560 1.040 0.780 0.520 0.390 0.260 0.173 0.142 0.111 0.082 0.054 0.040

0.65 33.800 16.900 8.450 5.633 4.225 3.380 1.690 1.127 0.845 0.563 0.423 0.282 0.188 0.154 0.121 0.089 0.058 0.043

0.70 36.400 18.200 9.100 6.067 4.550 3.640 1.820 1.213 0.910 0.607 0.455 0.303 0.202 0.165 0.130 0.096 0.063 0.047

0.75 39.000 19.500 9.750 6.500 4.875 3.900 1.950 1.300 0.975 0.650 0.488 0.325 0.217 0.177 0.139 0.103 0.067 0.050

0.80 41.600 20.800 10.400 6.933 5.200 4.160 2.080 1.387 1.040 0.693 0.520 0.347 0.231 0.189 0.149 0.109 0.072 0.053

0.85 44.200 22.100 11.050 7.367 5.525 4.420 2.210 1.473 1.105 0.737 0.553 0.368 0.246 0.201 0.158 0.116 0.076 0.057

0.90 46.800 23.400 11.700 7.800 5.850 4.680 2.340 1.560 1.170 0.780 0.585 0.390 0.260 0.213 0.167 0.123 0.081 0.060

0.95 49.400 24.700 12.350 8.233 6.175 4.940 2.470 1.647 1.235 0.823 0.618 0.412 0.274 0.225 0.176 0.130 0.085 0.063

1.00 52.000 26.000 13.000 8.667 6.500 5.200 2.600 1.733 1.300 0.867 0.650 0.433 0.289 0.236 0.186 0.137 0.090 0.067

1.05 54.600 27.300 13.650 9.100 6.825 5.460 2.730 1.820 1.365 0.910 0.683 0.455 0.303 0.248 0.195 0.144 0.094 0.070

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 72
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

User Curve

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 73
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

II.2. ANSI CURVES


Enclosed below are the groups of curves, according to ANSI, which correspond to the following types:

Normal Inverse Characteristic


Very Inverse Characteristic
Extremely Inverse Characteristic
Moderately Inverse Characteristic

These curves comply with the general formula:

where:

T : trip time (sec).


M : multiplier (time index). Valid range from 0.5 to 30.0 in 0.1 steps.
I: Measured current.
Io: Pickup current pickup setting.
A,B,C,D,E, constants that depend upon the type of curve:

Constants Inverse Charac. Very Inverse Extremely. Inverse Moderat. Inverse


A 0.0274 0.0615 0.0399 0.1735
B 2.2614 0.7989 0.2294 0.6791
C 0.3000 0.3400 0.5000 0.8000
D -4.1899 -0.2840 3.0094 -0.0800
E 9.1272 4.0505 0.7222 0.1271

The following represent the curves which correspond to indices 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0 and 30.0.
for each type of characteristic. Bear in mind that there are another 9 curves between each two curves difference of 1.0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 74
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Normal inverse curve

A = 0.0274 B = 2.2614 C = 0.3000 D = -4.1899 E = 9.1272

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \ I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.5 8.614 7.067 4.944 3.613 2.739 2.142 0.883 0.523 0.377 0.256 0.203 0.151 0.113 0.098 0.082 0.066 0.050 0.041

1.0 17.229 14.134 9.888 7.226 5.478 4.284 1.766 1.047 0.754 0.513 0.407 0.302 0.226 0.196 0.165 0.133 0.099 0.082

2.0 34.457 28.268 19.775 14.452 10.956 8.568 3.531 2.094 1.508 1.025 0.814 0.604 0.452 0.392 0.329 0.265 0.198 0.164

3.0 51.686 42.402 29.663 21.678 16.434 12.853 5.297 3.140 2.262 1.538 1.220 0.906 0.678 0.587 0.494 0.398 0.297 0.246

4.0 68.915 56.536 39.550 28.904 21.912 17.137 7.062 4.187 3.016 2.051 1.627 1.208 0.904 0.783 0.659 0.530 0.397 0.327

5.0 86.144 70.670 49.438 36.131 27.389 21.421 8.828 5.234 3.770 2.564 2.034 1.510 1.130 0.979 0.824 0.663 0.496 0.409

6.0 103.372 84.804 59.325 43.357 32.867 25.705 10.594 6.281 4.524 3.076 2.441 1.812 1.356 1.175 0.988 0.796 0.595 0.491

7.0 120.601 98.938 69.213 50.583 38.345 29.989 12.359 7.328 5.277 3.589 2.848 2.114 1.582 1.370 1.153 0.928 0.694 0.573

8.0 137.830 113.072 79.100 57.809 43.823 34.274 14.125 8.374 6.031 4.102 3.254 2.415 1.808 1.566 1.318 1.061 0.793 0.655

9.0 155.059 127.206 88.988 65.035 49.301 38.558 15.890 9.421 6.785 4.615 3.661 2.717 2.034 1.762 1.482 1.193 0.892 0.737

10.0 172.287 141.340 98.875 72.261 54.779 42.842 17.656 10.468 7.539 5.127 4.068 3.019 2.260 1.958 1.647 1.326 0.991 0.818

11.0 189.516 155.474 108.763 79.487 60.257 47.126 19.422 11.515 8.293 5.640 4.475 3.321 2.486 2.154 1.812 1.458 1.091 0.900

12.0 206.745 169.608 118.650 86.713 65.735 51.410 21.187 12.562 9.047 6.153 4.881 3.623 2.712 2.349 1.977 1.591 1.190 0.982

13.0 223.974 183.742 128.538 93.939 71.213 55.694 22.953 13.608 9.801 6.665 5.288 3.925 2.938 2.545 2.141 1.724 1.289 1.064

14.0 241.202 197.876 138.425 101.165 76.690 59.979 24.719 14.655 10.555 7.178 5.695 4.227 3.164 2.741 2.306 1.856 1.388 1.146

15.0 258.431 212.010 148.313 108.392 82.168 64.263 26.484 15.702 11.309 7.691 6.102 4.529 3.390 2.937 2.471 1.989 1.487 1.228

16.0 275.660 226.144 158.200 115.618 87.646 68.547 28.250 16.749 12.063 8.204 6.509 4.831 3.616 3.132 2.636 2.121 1.586 1.310

17.0 292.889 240.278 168.088 122.844 93.124 72.831 30.015 17.796 12.817 8.716 6.915 5.133 3.842 3.328 2.800 2.254 1.685 1.391

18.0 310.117 254.412 177.975 130.070 98.602 77.115 31.781 18.842 13.571 9.229 7.322 5.435 4.068 3.524 2.965 2.387 1.785 1.473

19.0 327.346 268.546 187.863 137.296 104.080 81.400 33.547 19.889 14.324 9.742 7.729 5.737 4.294 3.720 3.130 2.519 1.884 1.555

20.0 344.575 282.680 197.750 144.522 109.558 85.684 35.312 20.936 15.078 10.254 8.136 6.039 4.520 3.915 3.294 2.652 1.983 1.637

21.0 361.803 296.814 207.638 151.748 115.036 89.968 37.078 21.983 15.832 10.767 8.543 6.341 4.746 4.111 3.459 2.784 2.082 1.719

22.0 379.032 310.948 217.525 158.974 120.514 94.252 38.843 23.030 16.586 11.280 8.949 6.643 4.972 4.307 3.624 2.917 2.181 1.801

23.0 396.261 325.082 227.413 166.200 125.992 98.536 40.609 24.076 17.340 11.793 9.356 6.944 5.198 4.503 3.789 3.050 2.280 1.883

24.0 413.490 339.216 237.300 173.426 131.469 102.821 42.375 25.123 18.094 12.305 9.763 7.246 5.424 4.699 3.953 3.182 2.379 1.964

25.0 430.718 353.350 247.188 180.653 136.947 107.105 44.140 26.170 18.848 12.818 10.170 7.548 5.650 4.894 4.118 3.315 2.478 2.046

26.0 447.947 367.484 257.075 187.879 142.425 111.389 45.906 27.217 19.602 13.331 10.576 7.850 5.876 5.090 4.283 3.447 2.578 2.128

27.0 465.176 381.618 266.963 195.105 147.903 115.673 47.671 28.264 20.356 13.844 10.983 8.152 6.102 5.286 4.447 3.580 2.677 2.210

28.0 482.405 395.752 276.850 202.331 153.381 119.957 49.437 29.310 21.110 14.356 11.390 8.454 6.328 5.482 4.612 3.713 2.776 2.292

29.0 499.633 409.886 286.738 209.557 158.859 124.242 51.203 30.357 21.864 14.869 11.797 8.756 6.554 5.677 4.777 3.845 2.875 2.374

30.0 516.862 424.020 296.625 216.783 164.337 128.526 52.968 31.404 22.618 15.382 12.204 9.058 6.780 5.873 4.942 3.978 2.974 2.455

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 75
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Inverse Characteristic

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 76
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Very inverse curve

A = 0.0615 B = 0.7989 C = 0.3400 D = -0.2840 E = 4.0505

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \ I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.5 5.970 4.924 3.487 2.582 1.982 1.567 0.663 0.386 0.268 0.171 0.130 0.094 0.073 0.065 0.058 0.051 0.044 0.041

1.0 11.940 9.848 6.975 5.164 3.963 3.134 1.325 0.772 0.537 0.341 0.260 0.189 0.146 0.130 0.116 0.102 0.088 0.082

2.0 23.881 19.696 13.949 10.327 7.927 6.268 2.650 1.545 1.074 0.682 0.520 0.378 0.291 0.261 0.232 0.204 0.177 0.163

3.0 35.821 29.544 20.924 15.491 11.890 9.402 3.976 2.317 1.611 1.024 0.780 0.566 0.437 0.391 0.348 0.306 0.265 0.245

4.0 47.762 39.393 27.898 20.655 15.853 12.537 5.301 3.090 2.148 1.365 1.040 0.755 0.583 0.522 0.464 0.408 0.353 0.326

5.0 59.702 49.241 34.873 25.819 19.816 15.671 6.626 3.862 2.685 1.706 1.299 0.944 0.728 0.652 0.580 0.510 0.441 0.408

6.0 71.642 59.089 41.848 30.982 23.780 18.805 7.951 4.635 3.221 2.047 1.559 1.133 0.874 0.783 0.696 0.612 0.530 0.489

7.0 83.583 68.937 48.822 36.146 27.743 21.939 9.276 5.407 3.758 2.388 1.819 1.321 1.020 0.913 0.812 0.714 0.618 0.571

8.0 95.523 78.785 55.797 41.310 31.706 25.073 10.602 6.179 4.295 2.730 2.079 1.510 1.165 1.044 0.928 0.815 0.706 0.652

9.0 107.464 88.633 62.771 46.474 35.670 28.207 11.927 6.952 4.832 3.071 2.339 1.699 1.311 1.174 1.044 0.917 0.794 0.734

10.0 119.404 98.481 69.746 51.637 39.633 31.341 13.252 7.724 5.369 3.412 2.599 1.888 1.457 1.305 1.160 1.019 0.883 0.815

11.0 131.344 108.330 76.721 56.801 43.596 34.475 14.577 8.497 5.906 3.753 2.859 2.076 1.602 1.435 1.276 1.121 0.971 0.897

12.0 143.285 118.178 83.695 61.965 47.560 37.610 15.902 9.269 6.443 4.094 3.119 2.265 1.748 1.566 1.392 1.223 1.059 0.978

13.0 155.225 128.026 90.670 67.128 51.523 40.744 17.228 10.041 6.980 4.436 3.379 2.454 1.893 1.696 1.507 1.325 1.147 1.060

14.0 167.165 137.874 97.645 72.292 55.486 43.878 18.553 10.814 7.517 4.777 3.638 2.643 2.039 1.827 1.623 1.427 1.236 1.141

15.0 179.106 147.722 104.619 77.456 59.449 47.012 19.878 11.586 8.054 5.118 3.898 2.831 2.185 1.957 1.739 1.529 1.324 1.223

16.0 191.046 157.570 111.594 82.620 63.413 50.146 21.203 12.359 8.591 5.459 4.158 3.020 2.330 2.088 1.855 1.631 1.412 1.304

17.0 202.987 167.419 118.568 87.783 67.376 53.280 22.528 13.131 9.127 5.800 4.418 3.209 2.476 2.218 1.971 1.733 1.501 1.386

18.0 214.927 177.267 125.543 92.947 71.339 56.414 23.853 13.904 9.664 6.141 4.678 3.398 2.622 2.349 2.087 1.835 1.589 1.468

19.0 226.867 187.115 132.518 98.111 75.303 59.549 25.179 14.676 10.201 6.483 4.938 3.587 2.767 2.479 2.203 1.937 1.677 1.549

20.0 238.808 196.963 139.492 103.275 79.266 62.683 26.504 15.448 10.738 6.824 5.198 3.775 2.913 2.610 2.319 2.039 1.765 1.631

21.0 250.748 206.811 146.467 108.438 83.229 65.817 27.829 16.221 11.275 7.165 5.458 3.964 3.059 2.740 2.435 2.141 1.854 1.712

22.0 262.689 216.659 153.441 113.602 87.193 68.951 29.154 16.993 11.812 7.506 5.718 4.153 3.204 2.871 2.551 2.243 1.942 1.794

23.0 274.629 226.507 160.416 118.766 91.156 72.085 30.479 17.766 12.349 7.847 5.977 4.342 3.350 3.001 2.667 2.344 2.030 1.875

24.0 286.569 236.356 167.391 123.930 95.119 75.219 31.805 18.538 12.886 8.189 6.237 4.530 3.496 3.132 2.783 2.446 2.118 1.957

25.0 298.510 246.204 174.365 129.093 99.082 78.353 33.130 19.310 13.423 8.530 6.497 4.719 3.641 3.262 2.899 2.548 2.207 2.038

26.0 310.450 256.052 181.340 134.257 103.046 81.487 34.455 20.083 13.960 8.871 6.757 4.908 3.787 3.393 3.015 2.650 2.295 2.120

27.0 322.391 265.900 188.314 139.421 107.009 84.622 35.780 20.855 14.497 9.212 7.017 5.097 3.933 3.523 3.131 2.752 2.383 2.201

28.0 334.331 275.748 195.289 144.584 110.972 87.756 37.105 21.628 15.034 9.553 7.277 5.285 4.078 3.654 3.247 2.854 2.471 2.283

29.0 346.271 285.596 202.264 149.748 114.936 90.890 38.431 22.400 15.570 9.895 7.537 5.474 4.224 3.784 3.363 2.956 2.560 2.364

30.0 358.212 295.444 209.238 154.912 118.899 94.024 39.756 23.173 16.107 10.236 7.797 5.663 4.370 3.914 3.479 3.058 2.648 2.446

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 77
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Very Inverse Characteristic

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 78
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Extremely inverse curves

A = 0.0399 B = 2.2294 C = 0.5000 D = 3.0094 E = 0.7222

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.5 7.373 6.063 4.307 3.220 2.500 2.000 0.872 0.499 0.330 0.184 0.124 0.075 0.049 0.042 0.035 0.030 0.026 0.024

1.0 14.746 12.125 8.615 6.439 5.001 4.001 1.744 0.997 0.659 0.368 0.247 0.149 0.098 0.083 0.070 0.060 0.051 0.048

2.0 29.492 24.250 17.230 12.879 10.002 8.002 3.489 1.994 1.319 0.736 0.495 0.298 0.196 0.166 0.141 0.119 0.102 0.095

3.0 44.239 36.376 25.844 19.318 15.002 12.003 5.233 2.992 1.978 1.104 0.742 0.447 0.295 0.249 0.211 0.179 0.153 0.143

4.0 58.985 48.501 34.459 25.758 20.003 16.004 6.977 3.989 2.638 1.472 0.990 0.596 0.393 0.332 0.281 0.239 0.205 0.191

5.0 73.731 60.626 43.074 32.197 25.004 20.004 8.722 4.986 3.297 1.840 1.237 0.745 0.491 0.415 0.351 0.298 0.256 0.238

6.0 88.477 72.751 51.689 38.636 30.005 24.005 10.466 5.983 3.956 2.208 1.484 0.894 0.589 0.498 0.422 0.358 0.307 0.286

7.0 103.224 84.876 60.303 45.076 35.005 28.006 12.210 6.981 4.616 2.576 1.732 1.043 0.688 0.582 0.492 0.418 0.358 0.334

8.0 117.970 97.002 68.918 51.515 40.006 32.007 13.955 7.978 5.275 2.944 1.979 1.192 0.786 0.665 0.562 0.477 0.409 0.381

9.0 132.716 109.127 77.533 57.954 45.007 36.008 15.699 8.975 5.934 3.312 2.227 1.341 0.884 0.748 0.632 0.537 0.460 0.429

10.0 147.462 121.252 86.148 64.394 50.008 40.009 17.443 9.972 6.594 3.680 2.474 1.491 0.982 0.831 0.703 0.597 0.512 0.476

11.0 162.208 133.377 94.763 70.833 55.008 44.010 19.188 10.969 7.253 4.047 2.722 1.640 1.081 0.914 0.773 0.656 0.563 0.524

12.0 176.955 145.502 103.377 77.273 60.009 48.011 20.932 11.967 7.913 4.415 2.969 1.789 1.179 0.997 0.843 0.716 0.614 0.572

13.0 191.701 157.628 111.992 83.712 65.010 52.012 22.676 12.964 8.572 4.783 3.216 1.938 1.277 1.080 0.914 0.776 0.665 0.619

14.0 206.447 169.753 120.607 90.151 70.011 56.013 24.421 13.961 9.231 5.151 3.464 2.087 1.375 1.163 0.984 0.835 0.716 0.667

15.0 221.193 181.878 129.222 96.591 75.012 60.013 26.165 14.958 9.891 5.519 3.711 2.236 1.474 1.246 1.054 0.895 0.767 0.715

16.0 235.940 194.003 137.837 103.030 80.012 64.014 27.909 15.956 10.550 5.887 3.959 2.385 1.572 1.329 1.124 0.955 0.819 0.762

17.0 250.686 206.128 146.451 109.470 85.013 68.015 29.654 16.953 11.210 6.255 4.206 2.534 1.670 1.412 1.195 1.014 0.870 0.810

18.0 265.432 218.254 155.066 115.909 90.014 72.016 31.398 17.950 11.869 6.623 4.453 2.683 1.768 1.495 1.265 1.074 0.921 0.858

19.0 280.178 230.379 163.681 122.348 95.015 76.017 33.142 18.947 12.528 6.991 4.701 2.832 1.866 1.578 1.335 1.134 0.972 0.905

20.0 294.924 242.504 172.296 128.788 100.015 80.018 34.887 19.944 13.188 7.359 4.948 2.981 1.965 1.662 1.405 1.194 1.023 0.953

21.0 309.671 254.629 180.910 135.227 105.016 84.019 36.631 20.942 13.847 7.727 5.196 3.130 2.063 1.745 1.476 1.253 1.074 1.001

22.0 324.417 266.754 189.525 141.666 110.017 88.020 38.375 21.939 14.506 8.095 5.443 3.279 2.161 1.828 1.546 1.313 1.126 1.048

23.0 339.163 278.879 198.140 148.106 115.018 92.021 40.120 22.936 15.166 8.463 5.691 3.428 2.259 1.911 1.616 1.373 1.177 1.096

24.0 353.909 291.005 206.755 154.545 120.018 96.022 41.864 23.933 15.825 8.831 5.938 3.577 2.358 1.994 1.687 1.432 1.228 1.144

25.0 368.655 303.130 215.370 160.985 125.019 100.022 43.608 24.931 16.485 9.199 6.185 3.726 2.456 2.077 1.757 1.492 1.279 1.191

26.0 383.402 315.255 223.984 167.424 130.020 104.023 45.353 25.928 17.144 9.567 6.433 3.875 2.554 2.160 1.827 1.552 1.330 1.239

27.0 398.148 327.380 232.599 173.863 135.021 108.024 47.097 26.925 17.803 9.935 6.680 4.024 2.652 2.243 1.897 1.611 1.381 1.286

28.0 412.894 339.505 241.214 180.303 140.022 112.025 48.841 27.922 18.463 10.303 6.928 4.173 2.751 2.326 1.968 1.671 1.433 1.334

29.0 427.640 351.631 249.829 186.742 145.022 116.026 50.586 28.920 19.122 10.671 7.175 4.322 2.849 2.409 2.038 1.731 1.484 1.382

30.0 442.387 363.756 258.444 193.182 150.023 120.027 52.330 29.917 19.782 11.039 7.422 4.472 2.947 2.492 2.108 1.790 1.535 1.429

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 79
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Extremely Inverse Characteristic

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 80
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

User curve (moderately inverse)

A = 0.1735 B = 0.6791 C = 0.8000 D = -0.0800 E = 0.1271

Theoretical values given by the formula:

M \ I/Io 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 7.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 30.00 40.00

0.5 4.872 3.128 1.679 1.114 0.836 0.675 0.379 0.286 0.239 0.191 0.166 0.141 0.123 0.117 0.110 0.104 0.098 0.095

1.0 9.744 6.256 3.357 2.229 1.672 1.351 0.757 0.571 0.478 0.382 0.332 0.281 0.247 0.234 0.221 0.209 0.197 0.191

2.0 19.489 12.511 6.714 4.457 3.343 2.702 1.515 1.142 0.955 0.764 0.665 0.563 0.493 0.467 0.442 0.417 0.393 0.382

3.0 29.233 18.767 10.072 6.686 5.015 4.053 2.272 1.713 1.433 1.145 0.997 0.844 0.740 0.701 0.663 0.626 0.590 0.572

4.0 38.977 25.023 13.429 8.914 6.686 5.404 3.030 2.285 1.910 1.527 1.329 1.126 0.986 0.934 0.884 0.835 0.787 0.763

5.0 48.722 31.278 16.786 11.143 8.358 6.755 3.787 2.856 2.388 1.909 1.662 1.407 1.233 1.168 1.105 1.043 0.983 0.954

6.0 58.466 37.534 20.143 13.371 10.029 8.106 4.544 3.427 2.866 2.291 1.994 1.689 1.479 1.402 1.326 1.252 1.180 1.145

7.0 68.210 43.790 23.500 15.600 11.701 9.457 5.302 3.998 3.343 2.672 2.327 1.970 1.726 1.635 1.547 1.461 1.377 1.335

8.0 77.954 50.045 26.857 17.828 13.372 10.807 6.059 4.569 3.821 3.054 2.659 2.252 1.972 1.869 1.768 1.669 1.573 1.526

9.0 87.699 56.301 30.215 20.057 15.044 12.158 6.817 5.140 4.298 3.436 2.991 2.533 2.219 2.102 1.989 1.878 1.770 1.717

10.0 97.443 62.557 33.572 22.285 16.715 13.509 7.574 5.712 4.776 3.818 3.324 2.815 2.465 2.336 2.210 2.087 1.967 1.908

11.0 107.187 68.813 36.929 24.514 18.387 14.860 8.332 6.283 5.253 4.200 3.656 3.096 2.712 2.569 2.431 2.295 2.163 2.099

12.0 116.932 75.068 40.286 26.742 20.058 16.211 9.089 6.854 5.731 4.581 3.988 3.378 2.958 2.803 2.652 2.504 2.360 2.289

13.0 126.676 81.324 43.643 28.971 21.730 17.562 9.846 7.425 6.209 4.963 4.321 3.659 3.205 3.037 2.873 2.713 2.557 2.480

14.0 136.420 87.580 47.001 31.199 23.402 18.913 10.604 7.996 6.686 5.345 4.653 3.941 3.451 3.270 3.094 2.921 2.753 2.671

15.0 146.165 93.835 50.358 33.428 25.073 20.264 11.361 8.567 7.164 5.727 4.986 4.222 3.698 3.504 3.315 3.130 2.950 2.862

16.0 155.909 100.091 53.715 35.656 26.745 21.615 12.119 9.139 7.641 6.109 5.318 4.504 3.945 3.737 3.536 3.339 3.147 3.052

17.0 165.653 106.347 57.072 37.885 28.416 22.966 12.876 9.710 8.119 6.490 5.650 4.785 4.191 3.971 3.757 3.547 3.343 3.243

18.0 175.398 112.602 60.429 40.113 30.088 24.317 13.633 10.281 8.597 6.872 5.983 5.067 4.438 4.205 3.977 3.756 3.540 3.434

19.0 185.142 118.858 63.787 42.342 31.759 25.668 14.391 10.852 9.074 7.254 6.315 5.348 4.684 4.438 4.198 3.965 3.737 3.625

20.0 194.886 125.114 67.144 44.570 33.431 27.019 15.148 11.423 9.552 7.636 6.647 5.630 4.931 4.672 4.419 4.173 3.933 3.815

21.0 204.630 131.369 70.501 46.799 35.102 28.370 15.906 11.994 10.029 8.017 6.980 5.911 5.177 4.905 4.640 4.382 4.130 4.006

22.0 214.375 137.625 73.858 49.027 36.774 29.720 16.663 12.565 10.507 8.399 7.312 6.193 5.424 5.139 4.861 4.591 4.327 4.197

23.0 224.119 143.881 77.215 51.256 38.445 31.071 17.421 13.137 10.985 8.781 7.645 6.474 5.670 5.372 5.082 4.799 4.523 4.388

24.0 233.863 150.136 80.572 53.484 40.117 32.422 18.178 13.708 11.462 9.163 7.977 6.756 5.917 5.606 5.303 5.008 4.720 4.579

25.0 243.608 156.392 83.930 55.713 41.788 33.773 18.935 14.279 11.940 9.545 8.309 7.037 6.163 5.840 5.524 5.217 4.917 4.769

26.0 253.352 162.648 87.287 57.941 43.460 35.124 19.693 14.850 12.417 9.926 8.642 7.319 6.410 6.073 5.745 5.425 5.113 4.960

27.0 263.096 168.903 90.644 60.170 45.132 36.475 20.450 15.421 12.895 10.308 8.974 7.600 6.656 6.307 5.966 5.634 5.310 5.151

28.0 272.841 175.159 94.001 62.398 46.803 37.826 21.208 15.992 13.373 10.690 9.306 7.882 6.903 6.540 6.187 5.843 5.507 5.342

29.0 282.585 181.415 97.358 64.627 48.475 39.177 21.965 16.564 13.850 11.072 9.639 8.163 7.149 6.774 6.408 6.051 5.703 5.532

30.0 292.329 187.671 100.716 66.855 50.146 40.528 22.722 17.135 14.328 11.454 9.971 8.445 7.396 7.008 6.629 6.260 5.900 5.723

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 81
1BTIMED CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Moderately Inverse Characteristic

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 82
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

APPENDIX III. LOGIC DIAGRAMS


The following represent the logic diagrams corresponding to the protection functions and to the digital outputs

The digital outputs allocatable to output relays are given upper-case letters. Those that are not, and are only internal values or
control signals, are given lower-case letters.

The digital inputs allocatable to physical inputs are given upper-case letters, and are preceded by DI (Digital Input).Those that
are internal, generated by the protection functions or automatic sequences are given lower-case letters.

The diagrams which correspond to functions are only applicable if the functions are enabled, otherwise they are not executed.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 83
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 84
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 85
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 86
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 87
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 88
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 89
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 90
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 91
2BLOGIC DIAGRAMS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 92
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

APPENDIX IV. SETTINGS FROM FACTORY


The following tables show the settings with which the relay is programmed, the table has one column that might be used by the
user to change them.

Differential protection
Percent differential T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Sensitivity 0.5 0.5 0.5
Restraint current step 1 0.3 0.3 0.3
Restrain current step 2 1,0 1,0 1,0
Alpha 1 15 15 15
Alpha 2 50 50 50
Additional timing 0 0 0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Instantaneous differential T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable YES YES YES
Pickup 5.0 5.0 5.0
Additional timing 0 0 0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Second harmonic restraint T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable YES YES YES
Restraint level 15 15 15

Fifth harmonic restraint T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable YES YES YES
Restraint level(%) 35 35 35

Restricted ground unit 1 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Additional timing 0 0 0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Comparation winding 1 1 1

Restricted ground unit 2 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Additional timing 0 0 0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Comparation winding 2 2 2

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 93
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Overcurrent protection winding 1


Winding 1 protection
Winding 1 phase TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 1 phase IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 1 residual TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 1 residual IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Level 1 enable YES YES YES
Level 1 pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Level 1 definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Level 1 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 1 Block input 0 0 0
Level 2 enable YES YES YES
Level 2 pickup For In=5A 8.0 8.0 8.0
For In=1A 1.6 1.6 1.6
Level 2 definite time 0.10 0.10 0.10
Level 2 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 2 Block input 0 0 0
Winding 1 unbalance TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 1 unbalance IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 94
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Winding 2 overcurrent protection


Winding 2 protection
Winding 2 phase TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 2 phase IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 2 residual TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 2 residual IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Level 1 enable YES YES YES
Level 1 pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Level 1 definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Level 1 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 1 Block input 0 0 0
Level 2 enable YES YES YES
Level 2 pickup For In=5A 8.0 8.0 8.0
For In=1A 1.6 1.6 1.6
Level 2 definite time 0.10 0.10 0.10
Level 2 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 2 Block input 0 0 0
Winding 2 unbalance TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 2 unbalance IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 95
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Winding 3 overcurrent protection


Winding 3 protection
Winding 3 phase TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 3 phase IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 3 residual TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 3 residual IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Level 1 enable YES YES YES
Level 1 pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Level 1 definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Level 1 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 1 Block input 0 0 0
Level 2 enable YES YES YES
Level 2 pickup For In=5A 8.0 8.0 8.0
For In=1A 1.6 1.6 1.6
Level 2 definite time 0.10 0.10 0.10
Level 2 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 2 Block input 0 0 0
Winding 3 unbalance TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Winding 3 unbalace IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 96
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Ground fault protection


Neutral 1 TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Neutral 1 IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Level 1 enable YES YES YES
Level 1 pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Level 1 definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Level 1 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 1 Block input 0 0 0
Level 2 enable YES YES YES
Level 2 pickup For In=5A 8.0 8.0 8.0
For In=1A 1.6 1.6 1.6
Level 2 definite time 1.00 1.00 1.00
Level 2 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 2 Block input 0 0 0

Neutral 2 TOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable YES YES YES
Pickup For In=5A 5.0 5.0 5.0
For In=1A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0.50 0.50 0.50
Definite time 10.0 10.0 10.0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Neutral 2 IOC T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Level 1 enable YES YES YES
Level 1 pickup For In=5A 10.0 10.0 10.0
For In=1A 2.0 2.0 2.0
Level 1 definite time 0.00 0.00 0.00
Level 1 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 1 Block input 0 0 0
Level 2 enable YES YES YES
Level 2 pickup For In=5A 8.0 8.0 8.0
For In=1A 1.6 1.6 1.6
Level 2 definite time 1.00 1.00 1.00
Level 2 Trip permission YES YES YES
Level 2 Block input 0 0 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 97
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Frequency protection
Minimal frequency T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Gap 1 enable NO NO NO
Value (Hz) gap 1 For 50 Hz 49.90 49.90 49.90
For 60 Hz 59.90 59.90 59.90
Definite time gap 1 2.00 2.00 2.00
Trip permission gap 1 YES YES YES
Block input gap 1 0 0 0
Gap 2 enable NO NO NO
Value (Hz) gap 2 For 50 Hz 49.80 49.80 49.80
For 60 Hz 59.80 59.80 59.80
Definite time gap 2 1.50 1.50 1.50
Trip permission gap 2 YES YES YES
Block input gap 2 0 0 0
Gap 3 enable NO NO NO
Value (Hz) gap 3 For 50 Hz 49.70 49.70 49.70
For 60 Hz 59.70 59.70 59.70
Definite time gap 3 1.00 1.00 1.00
Trip permission gap 3 YES YES YES
Block input gap 3 0 0 0
Gap 4 enable NO NO NO
Value (Hz) gap 4 For 50 Hz 49.60 49.60 49.60
For 60 Hz 59.70 59.70 59.70
Definite time gap 4 0.50 0.50 0.50
Trip permission gap 4 YES YES YES
Block input gap 4 0 0 0
Maximal frequency T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable NO NO NO
Value (Hz) For 50 Hz 50.10 50.10 50.10
For 60 Hz 60.10 60.10 60.10
Definite time 2.00 2.00 2.00
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Voltage supervision T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Minimum voltage 40 40 40

Additional protections
Undervoltage IUV protection T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable NO NO NO
Pickup (V) 10 10 10
Definite time 0,0 0,0 0,0
Trip permission NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0
Undervoltage TUV protection T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable NO NO NO
Pickup (V) 10 10 10
Curve type DT DT DT
Time index 0,05 0,05 0,05
Definite time 0,0 0,0 0,0
Trip permission NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0
Overvoltage protection T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable YES YES YES
Pickup (V) 100 100 100
Definite time 0.5 0.5 0.5
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0
Fifth harmonic level overdrive T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable NO NO NO
Minimal current (xIn) 1.0 1.0 1.0
Pickup (V) 50 50 50
Definite time 0 0 0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 98
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

V/f overdrive unit 1 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Definite time NO NO NO
Trip permission 50 50 50
Block input 2.00 2.00 2.00
Definite time 1 1 1
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

V/f overdrive unit 2 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Definite time NO NO NO
Trip permission 50 50 50
Block input 2.50 2.50 2.50
Definite time 0 0 0
Trip permission YES YES YES
Block input 0 0 0

Winding selection T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Winding 1 1 1

Thermal image
Winding 1 protection
Winding 1 cable thermal image T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable NO NO NO
Alarm threshold (%) 60 60 60
Heating constant 30 30 30
Cooling constant 30 30 30
Base current (xIn) 1.0 1.0 1.0
Trip permission NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0

Winding 2 protection
Winding 2 cable thermal image T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable NO NO NO
Alarm threshold (%) 60 60 60
Heating constant 30 30 30
Cooling constant 30 30 30
Base current (xIn) 1.0 1.0 1.0
Trip permission NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0

Winding 3 protection
Winding 3 cable thermal image T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Enable NO NO NO
Alarm threshold (%) 60 60 60
Heating constant 30 30 30
Cooling constant 30 30 30
Base current (xIn) 1.0 1.0 1.0
Trip permission NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 99
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Breaker winding 1
Winding 1 protection
Winding 1 logic operation T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Trip locking NO NO NO
Open failure timing (sec) 1.00 1.00 1.00
Closing lock NO NO NO
Closing failure timing 1.00 1.00 1.00
Cumulative kI2 alarm threshold 65000 65000 65000
Cumulative kI2 initial value 0 0 0
Trip circuit supervision enable NO NO NO
Close circuit supervision enable NO NO NO

Breaker fault protection winding 1 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0
Phases restore (A) For In = 5A 2.5 2.5 2.5
For In = 1A 0.5 0.5 0.5
Neutral restore (A) For In = 5A 2.5 2.5 2.5
For In = 1A 0.5 0.5 0.5
Definite time (sec) 0.05 0.05 0.05

Winding 2 protection
Wniding 2 logic operation T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Trip locking NO NO NO
Open failure timing (sec) 1.00 1.00 1.00
Closing lock NO NO NO
Closing failure timing 1.00 1.00 1.00
Cumulative kI2 alarm threshold 65000 65000 65000
Cumulative kI2 initial value 0 0 0
Trip circuit supervision enable NO NO NO
Close circuit supervision enable NO NO NO

Breaker fault protection winding 2 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0
Phases restore (A) For In = 5A 2.5 2.5 2.5
For In = 1A 0.5 0.5 0.5
Neutral restore (A) For In = 5A 2.5 2.5 2.5
For In = 1A 0.5 0.5 0.5
Definite time (sec) 0.05 0.05 0.05

Winding 3 protection
Winding 3 logic operation T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Trip locking NO NO NO
Open failure timing (sec) 1.00 1.00 1.00
Closing lock NO NO NO
Closing failure timing 1.00 1.00 1.00
Cumulative kI2 alarm threshold 65000 65000 65000
Cumulative kI2 initial value 0 0 0
Trip circuit supervision enable NO NO NO
Close circuit supervision enable NO NO NO

Breaker fault protection winding 3 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable NO NO NO
Block input 0 0 0
Phases restore (A) For In = 5A 2.5 2.5 2.5
For In = 1A 0.5 0.5 0.5
Neutral restore (A) For In = 5A 2.5 2.5 2.5
For In = 1A 0.5 0.5 0.5
Definite time (sec) 0.05 0.05 0.05

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 100
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

General settings and remote port configuration


Generals
Service T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Relay in service YES YES YES

Differential protection general settings


Generals
Service T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Circuit 1 transformer turn ratio 1 1 1
Circuit 2 transformer turn ratio 1 1 1
Circuit 3 transformer turn ratio 1 1 1

Transformer windings T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Winding 1 vector group Y Y Y
Winding 2 vector group Y Y Y
Winding 2 phase shift code Y Y Y
Winding 3 vector group 0 0 0
Winding 3 phase shift code 0 0 0

Differential protection general settings


Voltages T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Circuit 1 rated voltage 1 1 1
Circuit 2 rated voltage 1 1 1
Circuit 3 rated voltage 1 1 1
Voltage transformer turn ratio 1 1 1

Function 86 T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Enable YES YES YES

Transformer turn ratios T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3


Neutral 1 ratio 1 1 1
Neutral 2 ratio 1 1 1

Digital input configuration


Digital input T0 User T0
DI 1 Breaker status 1
DI 2 Breaker status 2
DI 3 Breaker status 3
DI 4 Close command 1
DI 5 Close command 2
DI 6 Close command 3
DI 7 Trip command 1
DI 8 Trip command 2
DI 9 Trip command 3
DI 10 Closing unlock
DI 11 External protection
DI 12 External protection 1
DI 13 External protection 2
DI 14 External protection 3
DI 15 Input not configured
DI 16 Input not configured

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 101
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

LEDs configuration
LEDs T0 User T0
LED 1 General trip
LED 2 Differential trip
LED 3 Restricted ground trip1
LED 4 Restricted ground trip 2
LED 5 Overcurrent trip 1
LED 6 Overcurrent trip 2
LED 7 Overcurrent trip 3
LED 8 Closing lock
LED 9 Ground trip 1
LED 10 Ground trip 2
LED 11 Logic 1
LED 12 Relay out of service

Digital outputs configuration


Digital output T0 User T0
DO 1 Breaker opening 1
DO 2 Breaker closing 1(reclose)
DO 3 Breaker opening 2
DO 4 Breaker closing 2(reclose)
DO 5 Breaker opening 3
DO 6 Breaker closing 3(reclose)
DO 7 Closing lock
DO 8 General trip
DO 9 Percent differential trip
DO 10 Inst. differential trip
DO 11 Relay out of service
DO 12 HW status (On Ok)
DO 13 Restricted ground Trip 1
DO 14 Restricted ground Trip 2
DO 15 Overcurrent Trip 1
DO 16 Overcurrent Trip 2
DO 17 Overcurrent Trip 3
DO 18 Ground trip 1
DO 19 Ground trip 2
DO 20 Output not configured

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 102
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Logic signals programming


Logic 1
1 Thermal overload trip 1
2 Thermal overload trip 2
3 Thermal overload trip 3
4
5 >= 1
6
7
8 Delay Pulse width

>= 1 0 By logic

1
2
3
4
5 &
6
7
8

Logic 2
1
2
3
4
5 >= 1
6
7
8 Delay Pulse width

>= 1

1
2
3
4
5 &
6
7
8

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 103
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Logic 3
1
2
3
4
5 >= 1
6
7
8 Delay Pulse width

>= 1

1
2
3
4
5 &
6
7
8

Logic 4
1
2
3
4
5 >= 1
6
7
8 Delay Pulse width

>= 1

1
2
3
4
5 &
6
7
8

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 104
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Logic 5
1
2
3
4
5 >= 1
6
7
8 Delay Pulse width

>= 1

1
2
3
4
5 &
6
7
8

Logic 6
1
2
3
4
5 >= 1
6
7
8 Delay Pulse width

>= 1

1
2
3
4
5 &
6
7
8

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 105
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Control meter assignment


Measurement T0 User T0
MEASUREMENT 1 I_1
MEASUREMENT 2 I_1B
MEASUREMENT 3 I_1C
MEASUREMENT 4 AVERAGE I_1
MEASUREMENT 5 I_2A
MEASUREMENT 6 I_2B
MEASUREMENT 7 I_2C
MEASUREMENT 8 AVERAGE I_2
MEASUREMENT 9 I_3A
MEASUREMENT 10 I_3B
MEASUREMENT 11 I_3C
MEASUREMENT 12 AVERAGE I_3
MEASUREMENT 13 VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT 14 FREQUENCY

Chronological record
Chronological record of measures T1 User T1 T2 User T2 T3 User T3
Sampling window time span 5 5 5
Interval between records 0:15 0:15 0:15
Mask
Monday YES YES YES
Tuesday YES YES YES
Wednesday YES YES YES
Thursday YES YES YES
Friday YES YES YES
Saturday YES YES YES
Sunday YES YES YES
Mask NO NO NO
Daily register start hour 0 0 0
Daily register stop hour 24 24 24

Oscillograph configuration
Configuration T0 User T0
Samples/message Maximum
Total (cycles) 60
Pre-fault (1 cycle-total cycles) 10

Digital signals
Channel T0 User T0
Channel N 0 General pick up
Channel N 1 General trip
Channel N 2 A Phase Percent Dif .Trip
Channel N 3 B Phase Percent Dif .Trip
Channel N 4 C Phase Percent Dif .Trip
Channel N 5 A Phase Inst. Dif. Trip
Channel N 6 B Phase Inst. Dif. Trip
Channel N 7 C Phase Inst. Dif. Trip
Channel N 8 2nd Harmonic Restraint
Channel N 9 5th Harmonic Restraint
Channel N 10 Restricted Earth Pickup 1
Channel N 11 Restricted Earth Pickup 2
Channel N 12 Not allocated channel
Channel N 13 Not allocated channel
Channel N 14 Not allocated channel
Channel N 15 Not allocated channel

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 106
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Digital signals causing pick up


Digital signal T0 User T0 Digital signal T0 User T0
Phase A Percent Dif. Pickup NO Phase A TOC Trip 1 NO
Phase B Percent Dif. Pickup NO Phase B TOC Trip 1 NO
Phase C Percent Dif. Pickup NO Phase C TOC Trip 1 NO
Phase A Inst. Dif. Pickup NO Res. IOC Trip 1 NO
Phase B Inst. Dif. Pickup NO Phase A IOC Trip 1 NO
Phase C Inst. Dif. Pickup NO Phase B IOC Trip 1 NO
Restricted Earth Pickup 1 NO Phase C IOC Trip 1 NO
Restricted Earth Pickup 2 NO Res. TOC Trip 2 NO
Phase A Percent Dif Trip NO Phase A TOC Trip 2 NO
Phase B Percent Dif Trip NO Phase B TOC Trip 2 NO
Phase C Percent Dif Trip NO Phase C TOC Trip 2 NO
Phase A Inst. Dif. Trip NO Res. IOC Trip 2 NO
Phase B Inst. Dif. Trip NO Phase A IOC Trip 2 NO
Phase C Inst. Dif. Trip NO Phase B IOC Trip 2 NO
Restricted Earth Trip 1 NO Phase C IOC Trip 2 NO
Restricted Earth Trip 2 NO Res. TOC Trip 3 NO
Res. TOC Pickup 1 NO Phase A TOC Trp 3 NO
Phase A TOC Pickup 1 NO Phase B TOC Trip 3 NO
Phase B TOC Pickup 1 NO Phase C TOC Trip 3 NO
Phase C TOC Pickup 1 NO Res. IOC Trip 3 NO
Res. IOC Pickup 1 NO Phase A IOC Trip 3 NO
Phase A IOC Pickup 1 NO Phase B IOC Trip 3 NO
Phase B IOC Pickup 1 NO Phase C IOC Trip 3 NO
Phase C IOC Pickup 1 NO Unbalance TOC Trip 1 NO
Res. TOC Pickup 2 NO Unbalance IOC Trip 1 NO
Phase A TOC Pickup 2 NO Unbalance TOC Trip 2 NO
Phase B TOC Pickup 2 NO Unbalance IOC Trip 2 NO
Phase C TOC Pickup 2 NO Unbalance TOC Trip 3 NO
Res. IOC Pickup 2 NO Unbalance IOC Trip 3 NO
Phase A IOC Pickup 2 NO Minimum frequency trip NO
Phase B IOC Pickup 2 NO Maximum frequency trip NO
Phase C IOC Pickup 2 NO Ground TOC Trip 2 NO
Res. TOC Pickup 3 NO Ground IOC Trip 2 NO
Phase A TOC Pickup 3 NO Ground TOC Trip 1 NO
Phase B TOC Pickup 3 NO Ground IOC Trip 1 NO
Phase C TOC Pickup 3 NO Undervoltage TUV Trip NO
Res. IOC Pickup 3 NO Undervoltage IUV Trip NO
Phase A IOC Pickup 3 NO Overvoltage Trip NO
Phase B IOC Pickup 3 NO Voltage/Frequency Trip NO
Phase C IOC Pickup 3 NO Phase C 5th Harm Ov. Trip NO
Unbalance TOC Pickup 1 NO Phase B 5th Harm Ov. Trip NO
Unbalance IOC Pickup 1 NO Phase A 5th Harm Ov. Trip NO
Unbalance TOC Pickup 2 NO Thermal Overload Trip 1 NO
Unbalance IOC Pickup 2 NO Thermal Overload Trip 2 NO
Unbalance TOC Pickup 3 NO Thermal Overload Trip 3 NO
Unbalance IOC Pickup 3 NO General trip NO
Minimum frequency trip NO Digital input 1 NO
Maximum frequency trip NO Digital input 2 NO
Ground TOC Pickup 2 NO Digital input 3 NO
Ground IOC Pickup 2 NO Digital input 4 NO
Ground TOC Pickup 1 NO Digital input 5 NO
Ground IOC Pickup 1 NO Digital input 6 NO
Overvoltage Pickup NO Digital input 7 NO
Voltage/Frequency Pickup NO Digital input 8 NO
Phase C 5th Harm.Ov.Pickup NO Digital input 9 NO
Phase B 5th Harm.Ov.Pickup NO Digital input 10 NO
Phase A 5th Harm.Ov.Pickup NO Digital input 11 NO
Thermal Overload Warning 1 NO Digital input 12 NO
Thermal Overload Warning 2 NO Digital input 13 NO
Thermal Overload Warning 3 NO Digital input 14 NO
General Pickup NO Digital input 15 NO
2nd Harmonic Restraint NO Digital input 16 NO

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 107
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Digital signal T0 User T0 Digital signal T0 User T0


5th Harmonic Restraint NO
Res. TOC Trip 1 NO

DNP Configuration
Generals T0 T0 User
UCL address 4
Master address 0
Baud rate 9600
Parity No
Stop Bit 1
RTS waiting time (msec) 40
Response waiting time (csec) 20
Non-requested resending time (sec) 5
DCD waiting time (csec) 0
Variable waiting time (csec) 1
Collision prevision No
Communication type RS485
CTS waiting time (csec) 4
Stabilization time (csec) 4
Synchronization time (min) 1
Change measurement variation class 2 50
Non-requested messages No
Measurement format Counts

Orders
Order ID DNP T0 User Order ID DNP T0 User
Activate relay 1 1 Open breakers 22
Activate relay 2 2 Close breakers 24
Activate relay 3 3 Open breakers1 35
Activate relay 4 4 Close breaker 1 38
Activate relay 5 5 Open breakers2 36
Activate relay 6 6 Close breaker 2 39
Activate relay 7 7 Open breakers3 37
Activate relay 8 8 Close breaker 3 40
Activate relay 9 9 Unlock close (function 86) 30
Activate relay 10 10
Activate relay 11 11
Activate relay 12 12
Activate relay 13 13
Activate relay 14 14
Activate relay 15 15
Activate relay 16 16
Activate relay 17 17
Activate relay 18 18
Activate relay 19 19
Activate relay 20 20

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 108
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

Digital signals
ID DNP T0 T0 User
0 Trip by differential percentage
1 Trip by differential instantaneous
2 Trip by phase instantaneous winding 1
3 Trip by residual current instantaneous winding 1(level 1)
4 Trip by residual current instantaneous winding 1(level 2)
5 Trip by phase time winding 1
6 Trip by residual current time winding 1
7 Trip by unbalance winding 1
8 Trip by phase instantaneous winding 2
9 Trip by residual current instantaneous winding 2 (level 1)
10 Trip by residual current instantaneous winding 2 (level 2)
11 Trip by phase time winding 2
12 Trip by residual current time winding 2
13 Trip by unbalance winding 2
14 Free
15 TRIP
16 Free
17 Free
18 Trip by phase instantaneous winding 3
19 Trip by residual current instantaneous winding 3(level 1)
20 Trip by residual current instantaneous winding 3(level 2)
21 Trip by phase time winding 3
22 Trip by residual current time winding 3
23 Trip by unbalance winding 3
24 Free
25 Thermal image warning winding 1
26 Thermal image warning winding 2
27 Thermal image warning winding 3
28 Maximum frequency trip
29 vervoltage trip
30 Overfrequency trip (V/f)
31 Overfrequency trip (5th harmonic)
32 Instantaneous trip ground 1 (level 1)
33 Instantaneous trip ground 1 (level 2)
34 Time trip ground 1
35 Instantaneous trip ground 2 (level 1)
36 Instantaneous trip ground 2 (level 2)
37 Time trip ground 2
38 Trip by thermal image winding 1
39 Trip by thermal image winding 2
40 Trip by thermal image winding 3
41 Trip by restricted earth 1
42 Trip by restricted earth 2
43 Trip by thermal image
44 Trip by minimum frequency step 1
45 Trip by minimum frequency step 2
46 Trip by minimum frequency step 3
47 Trip by minimum frequency step 4
48 Protection in service(1) or out of service(0)
49 Function 86 status (1 activate)
50 Free
51 Breaker 1 status
52 Breaker 1 opening failure
53 Breaker 1 closing failure
54 Breaker 1 trip circuit failure
55 Breaker 1 close circuit failure
56 KI2 sum threshold exceeded breaker 1
57 Breaker 2 status
58 Breaker 2 opening failure
59 Breaker 2 closing failure
60 Breaker 2 trip circuit failure
61 Breaker 2 close circuit failure

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 109
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

ID DNP T0 T0 User
62 KI2 sum threshold exceeded breaker 2
63 HW alarm
64 Breaker 3 status
65 Breaker 3 opening failure
66 Breaker 3 closing failure
67 Breaker 3 trip circuit failure
68 Breaker 3 close circuit failure
69 KI2 sum threshold exceeded breaker 3
70 Failure 52 with overcurrent winding 1
71 Failure 52 with overcurrent winding 2
72 Failure 52 with overcurrent winding 3
73 Pick up by phase timing winding 1
74 Pick up by phase timing winding 2
75 Pick up by phase timing winding 3
76 Timed pick up ground 1
77 Timed pick up ground 2
78 Pick up by restricted earth 1
79 Pick up by restricted earth 2
80 Digital input 1
81 Digital input 2
82 Digital input 3
83 Digital input 4
84 Digital input 5
85 Digital input 6
86 Digital input 7
87 Digital input 8
88 Digital input 9
89 Digital input 10
90 Digital input 11
91 Digital input 12
92 Digital input 13
93 Digital input 14
94 Digital input 15
95 Digital input 16
96 Digital output 1
97 Digital output 2
98 Digital output 3
99 Digital output 4
100 Digital output 5
101 Digital output 6
102 Digital output 7
103 Digital output 8
104 Digital output 9
105 Digital output 10
106 Digital output 11
107 Digital output 12
108 Digital output 13
109 Digital output 14
110 Digital output 15
111 Digital output 16
112 Digital output 17
113 Digital output 18
114 Digital output 19
115 Digital output 20
116 Free
117 Free
118 Free
119 Free
120 Logic 1
121 Logic 2
122 Logic 3
123 Logic 4
124 Logic 5
125 Logic 6

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 110
3BSETTINGS FROM FACTORY

ID DNP T0 T0 User
126 Free
127 Free
128 Ph.A Percent Diff. Trip
129 Ph.B Percent Diff. Trip
130 Ph.C Percent Diff. Trip
131 Ph.A Inst. Diff. Trip
132 Ph.B Inst. Diff. Trip
133 Ph.C Inst. Diff. Trip
134 Undervoltage TUV Trip
135 Undervoltage IUV Trip
136 Undervoltage TUV Pick
137 Undervoltage IUV Pick

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 111
4BDIFFERENTIAL CURRENT CALCULATION

APPENDIX V. DIFFERENTIAL CURRENT CALCULATION


Next table shows vector groups and phase shift codes allowed for each connection.

Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Phase shift code 2 Phase shift code 3


Y y y 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10
Y y d 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11
Y d y 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10
Y d d 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11
D y y 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11
D y d 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10
D d y 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11
D d d 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10

Next are the settings used for the differential:

Vector group (Y, D) and phase shift code (H1, H2) for each winding:
Winding1 / Winding2 Code2 / Winding3 Code3
The phase shift code for winding 2 is named H2 and for winding 3 H3.
Rated voltage for each winding: KV1, KV2 y KV3
Transformation ratio for each winding: RTI1, RTI2, RTI3
The differential current for each phase is calculated according to the next equation:

Idif = I1 Factor1 + I2 Factor2 + I3 Factor3

Where the current and factor depend on the vector group and phase shift code.

Tables 1, 2 and 3 show the current calculation depending on the vector group and the phase shift code. These calculus are for
ABD phase sequence; if ACB is used, for all resulting equations, C must be changed by B and B by C.

When looking at the table with a code as the subtraction of H2 and H3, in case the subtractions is negative, 12 is summed
before looking at the table.

Zero sequence filter:


It is used when the zero sequence current component can flow through one of the windings (star) but not through the other
(delta); in these cases, external ground faults can cause a wrong actuation of the differential unit. This is avoided filtering zero
sequence component out of differential current components, in the vector groups in which this is necessary (although it is never
prejudicial). In this cases, the phase current is:

Ia = Ia (Ia + Ib + Ic)/3

Ib = Ib (Ia + Ib + Ic)/3

Ic = Ic (Ia + Ib + Ic)/3

Next, the calculation is shown for each one of the connections.

Yyy GROUP
Factor1 = 1
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1 )
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1)
Winding 1 currents: measurement in each phase with zero sequence filter.
Winding 2 currents: according to table 2 with H2 phase shift code and zero sequence filter.
Winding 3 currents: according to table 2 with H3 phase shift code and zero sequence filter.
Yyd GROUP
Factor1 = 1/3
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1 3)
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1)
Winding 1 currents: according to table 1 with H3 phase shift code.
Winding 2 currents: according to table 1 with H3-H2 phase shift code
Winding 3 currents: measurement in each phase with zero sequence filter.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 112
4BDIFFERENTIAL CURRENT CALCULATION

Ydy GROUP
Factor1 = 1/3
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1)
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1 3)
Winding 1 currents: according to table 1 with H2 phase shift code.
Winding 2 currents: measurement in each phase with zero sequence filter.
Winding 3 currents: according to table 3 with H3-H2 phase shift code
Ydd GROUP
Factor1 = 1/3
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1)
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1)
Winding 1 currents: according to table 1 with H2 phase shift code.
Winding 2 currents: measurement in each phase with zero sequence filter.
Winding 3 currents: according ot table 2 with H3-H2 phase shift code and zero sequence filter.
Dyy GROUP
Factor1 = 1
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1 3)
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1 3)
Winding 1 currents: measurement in each phase with homopolar filter.
Winding 2 currents: according to table 3 with H2 phase shift code.
Winding 3 currents: according to table 3 with H3 phase shift code.
Dyd GROUP
Factor1 = 1
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1 3)
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1)
Winding 1 currents: measurement in each phase with homopolar filter.
Winding 2 currents: according to table 3 with H2 phase shift code.
Winding 3 currents: according to table 2 with H3 phase shift code and homopolar filter.
Ddy GROUP
Factor1 = 1
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1)
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1 3)
Winding 1 currents: measurement in each phase with zero sequence filter.
Winding 2 currents: according to table 2 with H2 phase shift code and zero sequence filter.
Winding 3 currents: according to table 3 with H3 phase shift code.
Ddd GROUP
Factor1 = 1
Factor2 = KV2 RTI2 / (KV1 RTI1 )
Factor3 = KV3 RTI3 / (KV1 RTI1)
Winding 1 currents: measurement in each phase with zero sequence filter.
Winding 2 currents: according to table 2 with H2 phase shift code and zero sequence filter.
Winding 3 currents: according to table 2 with H3 phase shift code and zero sequence filter.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 113
4BDIFFERENTIAL CURRENT CALCULATION

TABLE 1 Yd group

Phase shift code Reference winding Modified winding Modified winding


A

A
C A = A-C
1 B = B-A
C = C-B
C B

A = B-C
3 B = C-A

A C = A-B

B A = B-A
5 B = C-B

C = A-C

A = C-A
7 B = A-B

C C = B-C

A A = C-B
9 B = A-C

C = B-A

A = A-B
11 B = B-C

B C = C-A

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 114
4BDIFFERENTIAL CURRENT CALCULATION

TABLE 2 Yy, Dd group

Phase shift code Reference winding Modified winding Modified winding


A A
A = A
0 B = B
C = C
C B C B

C A
A = -B
2 B = -C

C = -A
B

C
A = C
4 B = A

C = B
B A

B C
A = -A
6 B = -B

C = -C
A

B
A = B
8 B = C

C = A
A C

A B
A = -C
10 B = -A

C = -B
C

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 115
4BDIFFERENTIAL CURRENT CALCULATION

TABLE 3 Dy group

Phase shift code Reference winding Modified winding Modified winding


A

A
C A = A-B
1 B = B-C
C = C-A
C B

A = C-B
3 B = A-C

A C = B-A

B A = C-A
5 B = A-B

C = B-C

A = B-A
7 B = C-B

C C = A-C

A A = B-C
9 B = C-A

C = A-B

A = A-C
11 B = B-A

B C = C-B

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 116
5BUSAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

APPENDIX VI. USAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION


PD500 protection can be used as 2-winding differential, taking into account some considerations.

VI.1. WIRING DIAGRAMS


Leave without connection the currents corresponding to winding 3 (terminals 17-18, 19-20 and 21-22 of connector X3). The
wiring diagram is as follows:

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 117
5BUSAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

VI.2. SETTINGS
Settings related to winding 3 must be set with fixed values, to avoid influencing the protection.

Next tables show the values to set the different settings, grouped by protection screens in the console.

Differential protection (1)


When setting restrain currents (step 1 and step 2), it must be taken into account that the formula used to calculate the
restrain, is the next:

I1 + I 2 + I 3
I restrain _ 3d = (1)
3
as the winding 3 is not connected, the formula will be:

I1 + I 2
I restrain _ 3d = (2)
3
On the other hand, for 2 winding specific protection restrain is calculated as:

I1 + I 2
I restrain _ 2 d = (3)
2
Out of equation 2 and 3, we come to the conclusion that if we use the PD500 for 2 windings, the restrain current is 2/3 of
the calculated for a 2 winding specific protection (equation 4).

2
I restrain _ 3d = I restrain _ 2 d (4)
3
For example, if for the 2 windings protection we have a 1A step current setting, when using the PD500 as for two windings
this setting must be 2/3A.

This calculation affects next settings:

Restrain current step 1 (xIn)


Restrain current step 2 (xIn)
Restricted earth
If the unit is enabled, the comparation winding must not be 3.

Table 1 Table 2 Table 3


Restricted earth unit 1: comparation winding 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2
Restricted earth unit 2: comparation winding 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2

Differential protections general settings


Winding 3 features must be set not to influence the differential calculation.

Table 1 Table 2 Table 3


Circuit n3 transformer turn ratio 1 1 1
Circuit n3 rated voltage 1 1 1
Winding 3 vector group Y Y Y
Winding 3 phase shift code 0 0 0

Winding 3 overcurrent protection


All overcurrent protection functions of winding 3 must be disabled.

Table 1 Table 2 Table 3


Phase IOC enable NO NO NO
Phase TOC enable NO NO NO
Unbalance IOC enable NO NO NO
Unbalance TOC enable NO NO NO
Residual IOC level 1 enable NO NO NO
Residual IOC level 2 enable NO NO NO
Residual TOC enable NO NO NO

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 118
5BUSAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

Additional functions
The winding selection must be 1 or 2. This setting selects the winding showed in the differential fault report.

Table 1 Table 2 Table 3


Winding selection 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2

Thermal overload
The winding 3 thermal overload must be disabled.

Table 1 Table 2 Table 3


Winding 3 thermal overload enable NO NO NO

Winding 3 breaker
Functions related to winding 3 breaker are disabled.

Table 1 Table 2 Table 3


Trip locking NO NO NO
Closing lock NO NO NO
Trip circuit supervision enable NO NO NO
Close circuit supervision enable NO NO NO
Breaker failure protection enable NO NO NO

Digital signals and leds.


They must not be programmed with any signal associated to winding 3 because they will always be deactivated:

Breaker opening 3
Breaker closing 3
Breaker opening failure 3
Breaker closing failure 3
Close circuit failure 3
Trip circuit failure 3
OC. Break. open Fail. 3
Overcurrent Trip 3
Thermal overload trip 3
Thermal overload alarm 3

Digital inputs.
They must not be programmed with any signal associated to winding 3:

Breaker Status 3
Close Superv. Breaker Closed 3
Close Superv. Breaker Open 3
Trip Superv. Breaker closed 3
Trip Superv. Breaker Open 3
Close command 3
Trip command 3
External protection 3

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 119
5BUSAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

Logic signals configuration.


Signals associated to winding 3 must not be used for output logics. Next are the signals:

Phase instantaneous trip 3


Residual instantaneous trip 3 (level 1)
Residual instantaneous trip 3 (level 2)
Phase timed instantaneous trip 3
Residual instantaneous trip 3
Unbalance trip 3
Thermal overload alarm 3
Thermal overload trip 3
Failure 52. Breaker open failure 3
Breaker status 3
Breaker opening failure 3
Breaker closing failure 3
Trip circuit failure 3
Close circuit failure 3
KI2 sum threshold exceeded 3

Oscillograph configuration.
Signals associated to winding 3 must not be used as pickup cause (set as NO) neither as a digital signal to record. Next are
the signals:

Phase A TOC pickup 3


Phase B TOC pickup 3
Phase C TOC pickup 3
Phase A IOC pickup 3
Phase B IOC pickup 3
Phase C IOC pickup 3
Residual TOC pickup 3
Residual IOC pickup 3
Unbalance TOC pickup 3
Unbalance IOC pickup 3
Thermal overload warning 3
Phase A TOC trip 3
Phase B TOC trip 3
Phase C TOC trip 3
Phase A IOC trip 3
Phase B IOC trip 3
Phase C IOC trip 3
Residual TOC trip 3
Residual IOC trip 3
Unbalance TOC trip 3
Unbalance IOC trip 3
Thermal overload trip 3

Control measurements allocation.


Current measurements associated to winding 3 must not be selected because nothing is being injected into them. Next are
the measurements:

Phase A current 3 (I_3A)


Phase B current 3 (I_3B)
Phase C current 3 (I_3C)
Average current 3 (I_3average)

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 120
5BUSAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

VI.3. CONTROL MESSAGES


Control signals
Control signals associated to winding 3 are always deactivated. Next are the signals:

Word 2. Trips (2)


Bit Meaning
18 Winding 3 phase instantaneous trip
19 Winding 3 residual instantaneous trip (level 1)
20 Winding 3 residual instantaneous trip (level 2)
21 Winding 3 phase TOC trip
22 Winding 3 residual TOC trip
23 Winding 3 unbalance trip
27 Winding 3 thermal overload alarm

Word 3. Trips (3)


Bit Meaning
39 Winding 3 thermal overload trip

Word 5. Various
Bit Meaning
64 Breaker 3 status
65 Breaker 3 open failure
66 Breaker 3 close failure
67 Breaker 3 trip circuit failure
68 Breaker 3 close circuit failure
69 KI2 sum threshold exceeded 3
72 Failure 52 with overcurrent 3

Control commands
Commands over the breaker number 3 must not be activated.

ISC Command
37 Open breaker 3
40 Close breaker 3

VI.4. DATA ACQUISITION FUNCTIONS


This section shows functions affected by the winding 3( more detailed information in section 5).

Events.
Events related to winding 3 will never happen (see exception in setction VI.5):

Protection
Command
Breaker failure
Thermal overload
The winding 3 current measurements shown in the events are zero.

Fault report.
For the fault report shown in the console or in the display:

Winding 3 units appear as available, but as they are disabled (via setting) they will never be picked up neither tripped.
Current measurements for winding 3 (fault and prefault) will be zero.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 121
5BUSAGE AS 2-WINDING DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

Measurement historical
Maximum and minimum measurements for winding 3 are zero.

Oscilograph data recording


Winding 3 analogue channels dont give any information because these analogue inputs are not connected.

Neither of the winding 3 signals, detailed is the ocillograph configuration section, must be programmed as pickup cause
neither as digital signal to record.

Measurements
Winding 3 current measurements are zero because these analogue inputs are not connected. These measurements appear in:

Keyboard/display (Primary and secondary measurements)


Status screen in the protection console (secondary measurements)
Measurements screen in the protection console (primary measurements)
Statistical data
When acting on the breaker 3 (general trip) they do not give any information so they must be ignored.

The trip counter is incremented a unit for each trip.


ki2 sum.
Protection status
The winding 3 data that appear in the different status screens dont give any information:

Measurements
Currently picked up units
Currently tripped units
Units tripped in the last trip
Command functions
Breaker monitoring

VI.5. BREAKER
Winding 3 breaker does not exist as an input, so when sending the close breakers control command, a breaker 3 open
failure will happen, activating all signals associated to open failure.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 122
6BTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

APPENDIX VII. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

VII.1. AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY


Depending on model: 125 Vdc, 24Vdc, 48Vdc, 220Vdc ( 20 %).

Overvoltage: 40% for 10sec.

Burden lower than 25 W.

VII.2. OUTPUT CONTACTS


9 trip relays (DO1-DO9):
Carry (continuous) 8A
Make (0.5s) 30 A
Breaking capacity (L/R = 40ms):
48 Vdc: 0.5 A
125 Vdc: 0.3 A
Breaking capacity (with resistive load)
48 Vdc: 3A
125 Vdc: 1A

11 auxiliary relays (DO10-DO20):


Carry (continuous) 10 A
Make (0.5s) 30 A
Breaking capacity (L/R = 40ms):
48 Vdc: 0.5 A
125 Vdc: 0.3 A
Breaking capacity (with resistive load)
48 Vdc: 0.8 A
125 Vdc: 0.4 A

VII.3. DIGITAL INPUTS


Digital inputs must be fed by Vdc and they are single-directional, being their polarity the one shown in the interconnection
diagram.

Voltage range (depending onmodel)


20 at 160 Vdc
85 at 270 Vdc
Burden 3 mA

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 123
6BTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

VII.4. CURRENT CIRCUITS


Thermal capacity:
Continuous 4In A
For 1 second 100In A
For cycle 250 In A
Burden for In 0.25VA.
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
Accuracy
Class 1% of the rated current, inside the measurement range (IEC688)

3% of its value or 20mA (the higher of both), inside the protection range

Rated current Measurement range Protection range


5 A. 0.2 - 6 A. 0.5 - 100 A
1 A. 0.04 1.2 A 0.1 - 20 A

VII.5. VOLTAGE CIRCUITS


Thermal capacity:
Continuous 2 Un
For 1 minute 3 Un (1 min)
Burden for Un 0.01VA.
Accuracy 1% of the rated voltage Un up to 1.2*Un

VII.6. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS


They depend on the model:

Normal temperature range Extended temperature range


Operation temperature -10 to 55 C -20 to75 C
Storage temperature -40 to 85 C -40 to 85 C
Relative humidity Up to 95% without condensation Up to 95% without condensation

VII.7. MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS


Unit weight 6.5 Kg
Unit front IP IP40

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 124
6BTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

VII.8. DIMENSIONS

VII.9. REAR TERMINALS

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 125
6BTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

VII.10. REAR TERMINAL OPTIONS DEPENDING ON MODEL, FOF, POF, RS232 OR


RS485

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 126
7BINTERNATIONAL STANDARDS

APPENDIX VIII. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


The conformity tests complying with international standards have been made in Labein laboratories, official laboratory with the
next credentials:

Miner. European Union


Promotion ministry. Telecommunications general direction.
ENAC
More information about Labein laboratories in, www.labein.es

VIII.1. EMC TESTS


Inmunity to electrostatic discharges IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 8 kV contact discharge
/IEC 61000-4-2 15 kV air discharge
Inmunity to fast transient bursts IEC 60255-22-4 class III 2 kV
/IEC 61000-4-4
Inmunity to voltage pulses (surges) IEC 61000-4-5 class III 2 kV in common mode
/IEC60255-22-5 1 kV in differential mode
Inmunity to 1 MHz damped wave IEC 60255-22-1 class III 2.5 kV in common mode
2.5 kV in differential mode
Measurement of isolation resistance IEC 60255-5
Measurement of dielectric rigidity IEC 60255-5 class III 2 kV ac
Measurement of isolation with voltage pulses IEC 60255-5 class III 5 kV, 1.2/50 ms
Measurements of radioelectrial emisions conducted in DC supply IEC 60255-25 Class A
terminals EN 55022
Measurement of radiated radioelectrial emisions IEC 60255-25 Class A
EN 55022
Inmunity to radiofrequency radiated fields IEC 61000-4-3 class III 10 V/m, 26-1000 MHz
/ENV 50204
IEC60255-22-3
Inmunity to radiofrequency induced signals EN 50082-2 class III 10 V, AM 1 kHz modulation
/ENV 50141 range: 0.15-80 MHz
Inmunity tests to interruptions, sags and variations in DC supply IEC 61000-4-29
IEC 60255-11
Inmunity tests to the ripple in DC supply IEC 61000-4-17
Inmunity test to 50 Hz magnetic fields IEC 61000-4-8 Class V
Inmunity test to pulsed magnetic fields IEC 61000-4-9 Class V
Inmunity test to damped oscillatory magnetical fields IEC 61000-4-10 Class V
Inmunity test to damped oscillatory waves IEC 61000-4-12 Class III 2.5 kV in common mode
2.5 kV in differential mode

VIII.2. WEATHER TESTS


Nomal temperature range Extended temperature range
Cold IEC 60068-2-1 IEC 60068-2-1
(-10C, 3 days) (-20C, 16 hours)
Dry heat IEC 60068-2-2 IEC 60068-2-2
(+55C, 3 days) (+75C, 16 hours)
Wet heat IEC 60068-2-3 IEC 60068-2-3
(+40C, 93% relative humidity (+40C, 93% relative humidity)
Termal shock, temperatura variations IEC 60068-2-14 IEC 60068-2-14
(-10/+55C) 2 cycles of 4 hours (-10/+55C) 2 cycles of 4 hours)

VIII.3. MECHANICAL TESTS


Vibration answer IEC 255-21-1 class I
Shock and bump IEC 255-21-2 class I

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 127
8BRECEPTION, STORAGE, INSTALLATION AND TESTS

APPENDIX IX. RECEPTION, STORAGE, INSTALLATION AND TESTS

IX.1. RECEPTION AND STORAGE


The protections are supplied in special packing material for transport.

Upon reception, they should be checked for any signs of external damage caused during transport; if so the transport firm and
manufacturer should be contacted.

The material received should also be checked to see if it coincides with the order number.

If the protection is not going to be used immediately, it should be stored in its original packaging and in a dry and dirt free
place.

The unit transport must be made in its original packaging.

IX.2. CONNECTING PROCEDURE


The protection connecting procedure should be carried out in accordance with the enclosed external connection diagram. It is
a general diagram; the programming of inputs and outputs should be taken into consideration in each specific case.

Power supply
Though the interconnection diagram indicates a certain polarity, this is indifferent, except for 24 Vdc.

Earth connection
It is important for the earth connection to be correctly connected, in order for the protection disturbance rejection devices it
incorporates to operate properly. The connection should be as short as possible (less than 25 cm.) using multiwired cable
2
with a 4 mm cross-section.

RS232 cable connections to be used between the PC and the PD500 unit
Case 1: a 25 pin PC output connector.
PD500 side PC side

Female 9 pin socket female 25 pin socket

RxD 2 2 TxD

TxD 3 3 RxD

GND 5 7 GND

DSR 6 20 DTR

RTS 7 8 CD

CTS 8 5 CTS

CD 1 4 RTS

DTR 4 6 DSR

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 128
8BRECEPTION, STORAGE, INSTALLATION AND TESTS

Case 2: a 9 pin PC output connector


PD500 side PC side

Female 9 pin socket female 9 pin socket

RxD 2 3 TxD

TxD 3 2 RxD

GND 5 5 GND

DSR 6 4 DTR

RTS 7 1 CD

CTS 8 8 CTS

CD 1 7 RTS

DTR 4 6 DSR

IX.3. UNIT ADDRESSING

IX.3.1 Front port communication


The PD500 unit has an address ID number that enables it to identify messages directed to it from a PC via its front
port, using a PROCOME protocol and via RS 232 C. This address is programmable from the keyboard/ display unit via
CHANGE SETTINGS, PROG. TABLE 0, CONFIG.COMUNICAT., UCL ADDRESS

Each unit has an address 4 factory setting. This is the number used in the Engineering programme to define the
installation.

If for any reason this number is changed in the Engineering programme, the address programming must be changed,
and viceversa.

If one PD500 unit is replaced by another, the new unit must have the same address as the old one.

In this unit it can also be programmed, within COMMUNICAT. CONFIG. the baud rate, the parity and the number of
STOP bits. The units leave the factory with the following settings: 19200 baud, even parity, and 1 Stop bit.

The established communications settings can be seen on the display unit, in SEE SETTINGS, SEE TABLE 0,
COMMUNICAT.CONFIG"

IX.3.2 Rear port 2 communication with Procome protocol


It is Tx2/Rx2 port; it is in parallel with the front port and it operates exactly in the same way. They can not be used at
the same time.

IX.3.3 Rear port 1 communication with DNP 3.0 protocol


It is Tx1/Rx1 port. It is used to control. See protocol in Appendix DNP Protocol.

Procome protocol models: It operates in the same way as a front port.


DNP protocol models: See protocol in Appendix DNP Protocol.

PD500 unit has an identifying number of its address, which allows it to identify the messages addressed to it from the
PC through its rear port, with DNP protocol This address is programmable from the keyboard/display, by entering
"CHANGE SETTINGS", "PROG. TABLE 0", "CONFIG.DNP", "UCL ADDRESS". This address does not have to the same
as the front port one, although it is recommended in order to avoid confusions. The units leave the factory with the
address 4.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 129
8BRECEPTION, STORAGE, INSTALLATION AND TESTS

If a PD500 unit is replaced by another one, the new unit must have the same address as he removed one.

As mismo, la unidad tiene un nmero identificador de la unidad MASTER de la que cuelga, y slo admite mensajes
procedentes de ella. Tambin es programable en el equipo, dentro de "CONFIG. DNP". Los equipos salen de fbrica
con la direccin 0. Tambin son programables la velocidad de transmisin, la paridad y el nmero de bits de STOP.
Los equipos salen de fbrica a 9600 baudios, sin paridad, 1 bit de Stop.

The stablished communication settings can be seen in the display, by entering "SEE SETTINGS", "SEE TABLE 0",
"CONFIG. DNP"

IX.4. COMMISIONING
The PD500 protections are received with the default settings stipulated in the factory.(see appendix IV).

Before commissioning they must be set, by means of the keyboard/display and/or PC, with the correct values for the
application, following the setting procedures.

The protection has been checked at the factory in order to guarantee its accuracy in all of the setting points of the different
parameters. However, it is convenient to test some points during reception and commissioning, in order to ensure it is totally
in proper operating condition.

Once the line is connected the real measurements the relay is carrying out can be displayed, thus enabling you to check for
proper connection and operation.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 130
9BPREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

APPENDIX X. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE


Section 1.3 in the user manual details the self-testing that the unit carries out.

If any failure is detected, the alarm is kept until the failure has disappeared. This alarm can be visualized by means of:

Status screen
Control events
Events
Digital outputs
Led

X.1. FAILURE DETECTION


The failure detection can be carried out in several ways.

Status screen

In the Protection status section (see figure), the present protection status is shown by means of four signalings:

Protection in service
Critical error
Non critical error
Error in ADC converter
In normal operation, the only signal switched on (red) must be the protection in service. Any of the other 3 signallings show
an anomalous situation.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 131
9BPREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Control signals
The HW alarm signal (49 digital signal in section 8.8 Control messages) indicates that an anomalous situation has
happened in the unit. This signal is activated only with critical errors.

Digital outputs
Among the digital output programming possibilities, there are two outputs with complementary operation:

HW alarm. It deactivates in normal operation and activates in a critical error.


HW status. . It deactivates in normal operation and activates in a critical error.
Leds
The 12 programmable LEDs have the same options as the digital outputs.

The non programmable two-colour Led (OK/F) indicates:

Correct operation when it is green


Critical error detection when it is red
Events
Apart from indicating if the error is critical or non critical, the events also indicate the type of detected error.

Critical hardware error


Non critical hardware error
Converter error
Reference voltage error
Dsp error
Clock synchronizing error
E2rom recording error
Relay activating error
Corrected hw errors

X.2. ACTUATING AGAINST ERRORS


The actuation depends on the detected error and the unit status.

The corrected hw errors event indicates that the problems have been solved.

If the unit is switched off, check if the power supply is correct. If the power supply is correct contact the assistance service.

If the unit is switched on but indicates failure, go to events screen and check the type of error :

If it indicates critical error but non specific indication appears, if after switching off and on the unit the error
continues, contact the technical service.
If it indicates converter error or reference voltage error. Check the measurements, if they are correct, switch off and on
the unit; if the error continues contact the technical service.
If it indicates DSP error contact the technical service.
If it indicates clock synchronizing error, synchronize manually. If the error continues contact the technical service.
If it indicates e2rom error, send the settings again. If the error continues contact the technical service.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 132
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

APPENDIX XI. CHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.1. GENERAL
This document indicates the general reception testing procedure for the PD500 models, all of them to be used at 50 or 60
Hz, depending on model.

Next are the necessary elements for the setting and calibration:

PD500 model to be tested.


A power supply to fed the unit at 48 Vdc, 125 Vdc or 220 Vdc depending on the model to be tested, with a 10%
accuracy and 1 A.
A current generator with 0.5% accuracy and wires to introduce current into the unit.
PC with the SIPCON console (IB1000) version HV or newer.
Cable (null modem) to communicate with the console according to the connections in Figure XI.7
An assembly, which can be plugged in the rear terminals in order to know the outputs status and activate the wanted
inputs.
Depending on model, one of the next adapters may be necessary for the rear communication :

RS485 adapter
Plastic F.O. adapter TEO.
Glass F.O. adapter TEO.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 133
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.2. INSTALLATION

XI.2.1 Unit wiring

Power supply
Connect the power supply cables in the
terminals 2 and 3 of X1 (3 (0V) , 2 (+Vdc)).

Analogue inputs
Connect the unit to the voltage and current
generator.

Currents
X3 terminal strip.

Winding 1
Phase A Phase B Phase C
Term. (No) 1-2 3-4 5-6

Winding 2
Phase A Phase B Phase C
Term. (No) 9-10 11-12 13-14

Winding 3
Phase A Phase B Phase C
Term. (No) 17-18 19-20 21-22

Neutral
Neutral1 Neutral2
Term. (No) 7-8 15-16

Voltages
X3 terminal strip.

V
Term.(No) 23-24

Digital inputs and outputs


Connect to the inputs and outputs the
assemblies prepared to activate inputs and
test the outputs status (Figure XI.8 and
Figure XI.9) The numbers for the inputs and
outputs terminals are the following
Figure XI.1

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 134
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Inputs
X7 terminal strip.
Input NO. +125V term. 0V terminal
1 1 2
2 3 4
3 5 6
4 7 8
5 9 10
6 11 12
7 13 14
8 15 16
9 17 18
10 19 20
11 21 22
12 23 24
13 25 26
14 27 28
15 29 30
16 31 32

Outputs
X2 terminal strip
Output No. +125 V terminal(N/O) 0V terminal +125 V terminal (N/C)
1 1 2
2 3 4
3 5 6
4 7 8
5 9 10
6 11 12
7 13 14
8 15 16
9 17 18
10 19 20 21
11 22 23 24
12 25 26 27
X6 terminal strip

Output No. +125 V terminal(N/O) 0V terminal +125 V terminal (N/C)


13 1 2
14 3 4
15 5 6
16 7 8
17 9 10
18 11 12
19 13 14
20 15 16 17

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 135
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.2.2 Display and clock operation testing


Feed the relay. Check that the two colour led Ok/F is green. The text below must appear in the display :

Differential Prot.
Mod.############Xx
The number in the second line defines the protection model and the Xx the firmware version. See the model coding
scheme.

Pushing intro, the following must appear

SEE TIME

Pushing INTRO again the unit time will appear. Check that the seconds digits do change.

DATE ##-##-##
TIME ##-##-##
Switch off the unit and wait for 1 min. Go back to See time and check that the showed time is 1 min later than
when it was switched off, this indicates that the battery is operating properly.

Pushing ESC. You must go back to

SEE TIME

Pushing ESC you must see the following again

Differential Prot.
Mod.############Xx
Keyboard display testing.

Set parameters using the keyboard/display. You must follow the next path:

CHANGE SETTINGS INSERT KEY PROG. TABLE 1 PROG.PROTECTION OVERCURRENT


PROT. PHASE TOC.
Try different settings to check all the numerical keys in the keyboard/display.

Push ESC key, until you go up to the initial status.

From the initial screen push the R pushbutton and check that the text changes, push ESC to go back to the initial
status.

XI.2.3 Generating an installation and testing communications


Before trying to connect with the SIPCON software you must define for the PD500 the LCU no., baud rate, parity and
no. of stop bits.

These parameters are set using the keyboard/display. You must follow the next path:

SETTINGS(change) INSERT KEY PROG. TABLE 0 CONFIG.COMMUNIC


Next are the parameters you must set in order to connect with the above mentioned console:

PARMETER VALUE
LCU ADDRESS 4
BAUD RATE 38400
PARITY yes/no YES
STOP BITS 1
VALIDATE NEW PAR.? YES

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 136
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Connect the PC port and the PD500 front port using a nul modem type RS232 cable (figure XI.7).

Execute the SIPCON software and push the CONFIGURATION button of figure XI.2, aparece a screen such as the one
in figure XI.3 where we set the parameters with the values indicated in the table, paying special attention in the
Protection device communications mode field where you must set Automatic Detection. Next push Accept.

Figure XI.2 Figure XI.3

Push PROTECTIONS in the screen shown in figure XI.2 and the screen shown figure XI.4, appears where you must
choose direct communication type. Push accept and choose !NEW(Create new) push accept and give a name.
Push exit in the next menu and if there are no communication failures the screen in figure XI.5 appears where the
measurements of the PD500 are updated. Check that there are no communications failures, if there were, a message
would appear in this screen indicating it. This may, we have created the testing installation for the model to check.

Figure XI.4 Figure XI.5

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 137
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.2.4 Units time setting.


Push the Synchronize button that appears at the top of the Figure XI.5. A screen will appear showing the PCs date
and time.

Figure XI.6

XI.2.5 Rear port communication using Procome protocol.


It is the Tx2/Rx2 port; it is in parallel with the front port, and operates just like it. They cannot be simultaneously
used.

PD500 PC

female 9 pin socket female 9 pin socket

RxD 2 3 TxD

TxD 3 2 RxD

GND 5 5 GND

DSR 6 4 DTR

RTS 7 1 CD

CTS 8 8 CTS

CD 1 7 RTS

DTR 4 6 DSR

PD500 PC

female 9 pin socket female25 pin socket

RxD 2 2 TxD

TxD 3 3 RxD

GND 5 7 GND

DSR 6 20 DTR

RTS 7 8 CD

CTS 8 5 CTS

CD 1 4 RTS

DTR 4 6 DSR
Figure XI.7 Connections for the RS232 cable used to connect the PC and the PD500 unit

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 138
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.2.6 Inputs testing


Test the digital inputs, inserting Vdc in all the inputs one by one according to the assembly in figure XI.8 and checking
in the Displays input menu that they indicate as C. Remove the voltage and check that the inputs indicate O. You
must follow the next path to check the inputs:

INPUTSINPUTS STATE

Figure XI.8 Digital input Figure XI.9 Digital output

XI.2.7 Outputs testing


The assembly shown in Figure XI.9 used to check the digital inputs status. Enter the SIPCON software to test the
outputs and leds, go to outputs and leds configuration screen and set the odd leds and outputs as Breaker 1 close
failure and the even leds and outputs as Breaker 1 open failure. (See Figure XI.10). Moreover, in the inputs screen,
the input 1 must be programmed as Breaker 1 status, the input 2 as Trip 1 command and the input 3 as Close
command 1.

Being all the inputs deactivated, activate input 3 according to the assembly shown in Figure XI.8. Odd leds and
outputs must activate. If you activate the input 1 all the odd leds and outputs must deactivate. You will finally leave
the odd leds and outputs switched off.

Being the first input activated and the rest deactivated, activate input 2, all the even leds and outputs must activate.
If you deactivate input 1 even leds and outputs deactivate.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 139
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Figure XI.10

XI.2.8 Test setting configuration


In order to make tests some initial settings are defined. These settings will be modified depending on the functions
that are tested.

When testing a function only that function is enabled, being the rest disabled.

These settings can be properly changed using the keyboard in the relay or using the SIPCON software.

DIFFERENTIAL PROT.
Percentage differential 5th harmonic restraint
Enable NO Enable NO
Sensibity 0.3 In Restraint level 15
Restraint current point 1 0.3 In Restricted earth unit 1
Restraint current point 2 1 In Enable NO
Alpha 1 40 Pick up 1
Alpha 2 50 Additional time 0
Additional time 0 Trip permission YES
Trip permission YES Locking input 0
Locking input 0 Winding comparation 1
Instantaneous differential Restricted earth unit 2
Enable NO Enable NO
Pick up 2 In Pick up 1
Additional time 0 Additional time 0
Trip permission YES Trip permission YES
Locking input 0 Locking input 0
2nd harmonic restraint Winding comparation 2
Enable NO
Restraint level 15

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 140
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

OVERCURRENT PROTECTION WINDING 1


Time phase overcurrent wind.1 Inst. phase overcurrent wind.1
Enable NO Enable NO
Pick up For In=5A 1 Pick up For In=5A 1
For In=1A 1 For In=1A 1
Curve type TF Definite time 0
Time index 2 Trip permission YES
Definite time 0 Locking input 0
Trip permission YES Inst. Residual overcurrent wind.1
Locking input 0 Enable level 1 NO
Time residual overcurrent wind.1 Pick up level 1 For In=5A 1
Enable NO For In=1A 1
Pick up For In=5A 1 Definite time level 1 0
For In=1A 1 Trip permission level 1 YES
Curve type TF Locking input level 1 0
Time index 2 Enable level 2 NO
Definite time 0 Pick up level 2 For In=5A 1
Trip permission YES For In=1A 1
Locking input 0 Definite time level 2 0
Time unbalance overcurrent wind.1 Trip permission level 2 YES
Enable NO Locking input level 2 0
Pick up For In=5A 1 Inst. Unbalance overcurrent wind.1
For In=1A 1 Enable NO
Curve type TF Pick up For In=5A 1
Time index 2 For In=1A 1
Definite time 0 Definite time 0
Trip permission YES Trip permission YES
Locking input 0 Locking input 0

OVERCURRENT PROTECTION WINDING 2


Time phase overcurrent wind.2 Inst. phase overcurrent wind.2
Enable NO Enable NO
Pick up For In=5A 1 Pick up For In=5A 1
For In=1A 1 For In=1A 1
Curve type TF Definite time 0
Time index 2 Trip permission YES
Definite time 0 Locking input 0
Trip permission YES Inst. Residual overcurrent wind.2
Locking input 0 Enable level 1 NO
Time residual overcurrent wind.2 Pick up level 1 For In=5A 1
Enable NO For In=1A 1
Pick up For In=5A 1 Definite time level 1 0
For In=1A 1 Trip permission level 1 YES
Curve type TF Locking input level 1 0
Time index 2 Enable level 2 NO
Definite time 0 Pick up level 2 For In=5A 1
Trip permission YES For In=1A 1
Locking input 0 Definite time level 2 0
Time unbalance overcurrent wind.2 Trip permission level 2 YES
Enable NO Locking input level 2 0
Pick up For In=5A 1 Inst. Unbalance overcurrent wind.2
For In=1A 1 Enable NO
Curve type TF Pick up For In=5A 1
Time index 2 For In=1A 1
Definite time 0 Definite time 0
Trip permission YES Trip permission YES
Locking input 0 Locking input 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 141
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

OVERCURRENT PROTECTION WINDING 3


Time phase overcurrent wind.3 Inst. phase overcurrent wind.3
Enable NO Enable NO
Pick up For In=5A 1 Pick up For In=5A 1
For In=1A 1 For In=1A 1
Curve type TF Definite time 0
Time index 2 Trip permission YES
Definite time 0 Locking input 0
Trip permission YES Inst. Residual overcurrent wind.3
Locking input 0 Enable level 1 NO
Time residual overcurrent wind. 3 Pick up level 1 For In=5A 1
Enable NO For In=1A 1
Pick up For In=5A 1 Definite time level 1 0
For In=1A 1 Trip permission level 1 YES
Curve type TF Locking input level 1 0
Time index 2 Enable level 2 NO
Definite time 0 Pick up level 2 For In=5A 1
Trip permission YES For In=1A 1
Locking input 0 Definite time level 2 0
Time unbalance overcurrent wind.3 Trip permission level 2 YES
Enable NO Locking input level 2 0
Pick up For In=5A 1 Inst. Unbalance overcurrent wind.3
For In=1A 1 Enable NO
Curve type TF Pick up For In=5A 1
Time index 2 For In=1A 1
Definite time 0 Definite time 0
Trip permission YES Trip permission YES
Locking input 0 Locking input 0

EARTHED PROTECTION
Time neutral overcurrent 1 Trip permission level 1 YES
Enable NO Locking input level 1 0
Pick up For In=5A 1 Enable level 2 NO
For In=1A 1 Pick up level 2 For In=5A 1
Curve type TF For In=1A 1
Time index 2 Definite time level 2 0
Definite time 0 Trip permission level 2 YES
Trip permission YES Locking input level 2 0
Locking input 0 Instantaneous neutral overcurrent 2
Time neutral overcurrent 2 Enable level 1 NO
Enable NO Pick up level 1 For In=5A 1
Pick up For In=5A 1 For In=1A 1
For In=1A 1 Definite time level 1 0
Curve type TF Trip permission level 1 YES
Time index 2 Locking input level 1 0
Definite time 0 Enable level 2 NO
Trip permission YES Pick up level 2 For In=5A 1
Locking input 0 For In=1A 1
Instantaneous neutral overcurrent 1 Definite time level 2 0
Enable level 1 NO Trip permission level 2 YES
Pick up level 1 For In=5A 1 Locking input level 2 0
For In=1A 1
Definite time level 1 0

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 142
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

FREQUENCY PROTECTION
Minimum frequency Enable step 4 NO
Enable step 1 NO Value (Hz) step 4 For 50 Hz 49.5
Value (Hz) step 1 For 50 Hz 49.5 For 60 Hz 59.5
For 60 Hz 59.5 Definite time step 4 0.10
Definite time step 1 0.10 Trip permission step 4 YES
Trip permission step 1 YES Locking input step 4 0
Locking input step 1 0 Maximum frequency
Enable step 2 NO Enable NO
Value (Hz) step 2 For 50 Hz 49.5 Value (Hz) For 50 Hz 50.5
For 60 Hz 59.5 For 60 Hz 60.5
Definite time step 2 0.10 Definite time 0.10
Trip permission step 2 YES Trip permission YES
Locking input step 2 0 Locking input 0
Enable step 3 NO Voltage supervision
Value (Hz) step 3 For 50 Hz 49.5 Minimum voltage 40
For 60 Hz 59.5
Definite time step 3 0.10
Trip permission step 3 YES
Locking input step 3 0

ADDITIONAL PROTECTION
Overvolatge protection Definite time 0
Enable NO Trip permission YES
Pick up threshold (V) 50 Input locking 0
Definite time 0.5 Overexcitation V/f unit 1
Trip permission YES Enable NO
Input locking 0 Operation minimum voltage 50
Undervoltage IUV protection Pick up threshold (V/Hz) 1.5
Enable NO Definite time 0
Pick up threshold (V) 10 Trip permission YES
Definite time 0,0 Input locking 0
Trip permission NO Overexcitation V/f unit 2
Input locking 0 Enable NO
Undervoltage TUV protection Operation minimum voltage 50
Enable NO Pick up threshold (V/Hz) 1,5
Pick up threshold (V) 10 Definite time 0
Curve type DT Trip permission YES
Time index 0,05 Input locking 0
Definite time 0,0 Additional function wind. selection
Trip permission NO Winding selection 1
Input locking 0
Overexcitation level 5th harmonic
Enable NO
Operation minimum current (xIn) 0.2
Pick up threshold (%) 40

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 143
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

THERMAL IMAGE PROTECTION


Winding 1 cable thermal image Locking input 0
Enable NO Base current (xIn) 0.2
Alarm threshold (%) 60 Trip permission YES
Heating constant 3 Locking input 0
Cooling constant 3 Winding 3 cable thermal image
Base current (xIn) 0.2 Enable NO
Trip permission YES Alarm threshold (%) 60
Locking input 0 Heating constant 3
Winding 2 cable thermal image NO Cooling constant 3
Enable 3 Base current (xIn) 0.2
Alarm threshold (%) 60 Trip permission YES
Heating constant 3 Locking input 0
Cooling constant 3

WINDING 1 BREAKER
Winding 1 breaker supervision Winding 1 breaker failure protection
Trip sealing NO Enable NO
Open failure timing (sec) 5 Phase reposition (A) For In = 5A 1
Close sealing NO For In = 1A 1
Close failure timing (sec) 5 Neutral reposition (A) For In = 5A 1
kI2 sum alarm threshold 65535 For In = 1A 1
kI2 sum initial value 0 Definite time (sec) 2
Trip circuit supervision enabling NO Locking input 0
Close circuit supervision enabling NO

WINDING 2 BREAKER
Winding 2 breaker supervision Winding 2 breaker failure protection
Trip sealing NO Enable NO
Open failure timing (sec) 5 Phase reposition (A) For In = 5A 1
Close sealing NO For In = 1A 1
Close failure timing (sec) 5 Neutral reposition (A) For In = 5A 1
kI2 sum alarm threshold 65535 For In = 1A 1
kI2 sum initial value 0 Definite time (sec) 2
Trip circuit supervision enabling NO Locking input 0
Close circuit supervision enabling NO

WINDING 3 BREAKER
Winding 3 breaker supervision Winding 3 breaker failure protection
Trip sealing NO Enable NO
Open failure timing (sec) 5 Phase reposition (A) For In = 5A 1
Close sealing NO For In = 1A 1
Close failure timing (sec) 5 Neutral reposition (A) For In = 5A 1
kI2 sum alarm threshold 65535 For In = 1A 1
kI2 sum initial value 0 Definite time (sec) 2
Trip circuit supervision enabling NO Locking input 0
Close circuit supervision enabling NO

HISTORICALS
Time windows for samples (min) 1 Mask YES
Historica interval register (hh:mm) 00:15 Week days YES
Historical start time (hh) 0
Historical end time (hh) 23

GENERALS AND REMOTE PORT CONFIGURATION


Relay in service YES Breaker number 1

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 144
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION GENERALS


Transformation ratio Transformer windings
Current transformation ratio circuit 1 1 Wind 1 connection group Y
Current transformation ratio circuit 2 1 Wind 2 connection group Y
Current transformation ratio circuit 3 1 Wind 2 time code Y
Voltage trafo ratio 1 Wind 3 connection group 0
Neutral ratio 1 1 Wind 3 time code 0
Neutral ratio 2 1 Function 86
Nominal voltage Enable NO
Wind 1 nominal voltage 1
Wind 2 nominal voltage 1
Wind 3 nominal voltage 1

XI.3. MEASURMENTS
Program the units operation nominal voltage. This parameter is set using the keyboard/display. You must follow the next
path:

CHANGE SETTINGS INSERT KEY PROG. TABLE 0 SPECIAL SETTINGS

INSERT KEY PROG. FREQUENCY

Change the frequency using once you have chosen it push to validate.

In order to check measurements, these can be visualized in the display or using the SIPCON software according to the next
table.

Display SIPCON
Secondary State screen Measurement screen
Wind.1 currents X X X
Wind.2 currents X X X
Wind.3 currents X X X
Neutral 1 current X X
Neutral 2 current X X
Voltage X X X
Fundamental diff. current X X
2nd harm. diff. current X X
5th harm. diff. current X X
Restraint X X
Frequency X
Maximeter X X X
Thermal image X X

The menu below is followed to visualize in the display:

MEASUREMENTS WINDING 1 MEASUREMENTS

MEASUREMENTS WINDING 2 MEASUREMENTS

MEASUREMENTS WINDING 3 MEASUREMENTS


MEASUREMENTS DIFFERENTIAL

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 145
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.3.1 Phase frequency


Inject 65Vca in the voltage. Check that the measurement is within the indicated margin.

Rated Frequency margin OK


50Hz / 60Hz -0.01Hz +0.01Hz

XI.3.2 Phase currents


Inject 65Vca in the voltage .

Inject in the current phases the value of the next table correspondent to the units phase rated current. The frequency
must be the correspondent to the unit, if not, the measurements will be incorrect.

Winding 1
IPhase In = 5A Imin Imax Phas. A Phas. B Phas. C OK
Rated 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 4.85 5.15
20% Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
200% Rated 10A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 9.7 10.3
In = 1A Imin Imax Phas. A Phas. B Phas. C OK
Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
20% Rated 0.2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.194 0.206
200% Rated 2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 1.94 2.06

Winding 2
IPhase In = 5A Imin Imax Phas. A Phas. B Phas. C OK
Rated 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 4.85 5.15
20% Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
200% Rated 10A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 9.7 10.3
In = 1A Imin Imax Phas. A Phas. B Phas. C OK
Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
20% Rated 0.2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.194 0.206
200% Rated 2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 1.94 2.06

Winding 3
IPhase In = 5A Imin Imax Phas. A Phas. B Phas. C OK
Rated 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 4.85 5.15
20% Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
200% Rated 10A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 9.7 10.3
In = 1A Imin Imax Phas. A Phas. B Phas. C OK
Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
20% Rated 0.2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.194 0.206
200% Rated 2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 1.94 2.06

Neutral current
Inject 65Vca in the voltage.

Inject in the neutral the current value of the next table correspondent to the neutral rated current, with the right
frequency.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 146
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Check that the measurement is within the indicated margin.

IPhase In = 5A Imin Imax Neutral1 Neutral 2 OK


Rated 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 4.85 5.15
20% Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
200% Rated 10A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 9.7 10.3
In = 1A Imin Imax Neutral1 Neutral 2 OK
Rated 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.97 1.03
20% Rated 0.2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 0.194 0.206
200% Rated 2A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 1.94 2.06

XI.3.3 Phase voltages


Inject 65 Vca in the voltage.

Inject in the current phases the values of the next table correspondent to the phase rated current. The frequency has
also to be correspondent to the unit or the measurement will be incorrect.

In = 5A In = 1A
Phase A 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0
Winding 1 Phase B 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 240 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 240
Phase C 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 120 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 120

Phase A 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 120 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 120


Winding 2 Phase B 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 240 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 240
Phase C 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0

Phase A 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 240 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 240


Winding 3 Phase B 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 120 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 120
Phase C 5A / 50 or 60Hz / 0 1A / 50 or 60Hz / 0

With all the transformer and volatge ratio at 1 and with the transformer configuration YYY 8, 6.

Fundamental differential
Differential In = 5A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 5 4.85 5.15
Phase B 10 9.7 10.3
Phase C 13.23 12.83 13.63
In = 1A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 1 0.97 1.03
Phase B 2 1.94 2.06
Phase C 2.65 2.57 2.73

Restraint
Differential In = 5A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 5 4.85 5.15
Phase B 5 4.85 5.15
Phase C 5 4.85 5.15
In = 1A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 1 0.97 1.03
Phase B 1 0.97 1.03
Phase C 1 0.97 1.03

Inject in the current phases the same values but at a double frequency, only with 2nd harmonic components.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 147
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

2nd harmonic fundamental differential


2nd Differential In = 5A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 5 4.75 5.25
Phase B 10 9.5 10.5
Phase C 13.23 12.56 13.89
In = 1A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 1 0.95 1.05
Phase B 2 1.90 2.10
Phase C 2.65 2.51 2.78

Inject in the current phases the same values but at a frequency five times higher than the unit, only with 5th harmonic
components.

5th harmonic fundamental differential


5th Differential In = 5A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 5 4.75 5.25
Phase B 10 9.5 10.5
Phase C 13.23 12.56 13.89
In = 1A Imin Imax I OK
Phase A 1 0.95 1.05
Phase B 2 1.90 2.10
Phase C 2.65 2.51 2.78

XI.3.4 Voltage
Inject the rated current in the current phases. Inject the voltages in the table below, with 50 or 60 Hz frequency, as it
corresponds, in the voltage phases.

Check that the measurement is within the indicated margin.

Vphase Vmin Vmax V OK


Rated 63,5V / 50 or 60Hz / 0 61.59 65.40
<< Rated 10V / 50 or 60Hz / 0 9.7 10.3
>> Rated 100V / 50 or 60Hz / 0 97 103

XI.3.5 Maximeter
Reset maximeter counters using the keyboard. You must follow the next menu.

CHANGE SETTINGS) INSERT KEY INITIALIZE COUNT, MAXIM, K12..

MAXIMETER 1 = 0? INTRO = YES

MAXIMETER 2 = 0? INTRO = YES

MAXIMETER 3 = 0? INTRO = YES


Set in the historical screen, the setting time span for samples in 1 minute.

Inject the currents of the next table that correspond to the units phase rated current in the three windings during 2
minutes .

In = 5A 50 or 60Hz min Max Max.1 Max.2 Max.3 OK


Maximeter 5 4.75 5.25
In = 1A 50 or 60Hz min Max OK
Maximeter 1 0.95 1.05

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 148
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.4. PROTECTION FUNCTIONS

XI.4.1 Differential protections


The differential currents are calculated in the way it is explained in the Appendix V.

In order to check the correct operation of the protection 3 A are injected in the phase A of winding 2 for units with
In=5 A, and 0.6 A in the same thransformer for those units with In=1.

The transformer configuration is YYY with time code 0, 0, the rated voltage of winding 2 (KV) is a djusted to 3, so the
following restraint and differential currents are obtained.

Module
In=1A In=5A
DIF. A 1.20 6
DIF. B 0.60 3
DIF. C 0.60 3
RESTRAINT A 0.40 2
RESTRAINT B 0.40 1
RESTRAINT C 0.20 1

Settings
LED OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Differential trip
Output 3/Led3 Differential trip %
Output 4/Led4 Instantaneous differential trip

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES. Check the three differential phases trip.

Change now the sensitivity to 1. Check the differential trips are deactivated inphases B and C.

Change the time code setting of winding 2 to 2. Percentage differential trip can only occur in phase C, while phase A one is
decativated.

Change the time code setting of winding 2 to 4 Percentage differential trip can only occur in phase B, while phase C one is
decativated.

That way, after changing winding 2 time code we must obtain:

Time code 0->Phase A trip

Time code 4-> Phase B trip

Time code 2-> Phase C trip

Check the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds.

Disable the percentage differetnial protection and enable the instantaneous differential.

Check the rated voltage of winding 2 (KV) to 6.

Notice how the instantaneous differential unit trips are activated and deactivated according to the time code of winding 2, in
the same way as it happens in he percentage differential unit.

Also check that the general trip is activated.

PERCENTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
Pickups Drops
Dif. A Dif. B Dif.C Dif. A Dif. B Dif.C Ok
Dif. %

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 149
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

INSTANTANEOUS DIFFERENTIAL
Pickups Drops
Dif. A Dif. B Dif.C Dif. A Dif. B Dif.C Ok
Dif.Inst.

Trip times
Currents are injected and the baud rate, with which the relay trips for different tripping times, is measured, checking
thatthe unit trips within the expected time.

In order to provoke trips, it is operated as in the previous section.

With the settings and measurements of this section the time code of winding 2 ia changed. C

Time code 0->Phase A trip

Time code 4-> Phase B trip

Time code 2-> Phase C trip

Check the time for both percentage differential and instantaneous differential of each phase.

PERCENTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
Addit. T Theoret. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
0 0 0 0.045
5 5 4.75 5.25
0 0 0 0.045
5 5 4.75 5.25

INSTANTANEOUS DIFFERENTIAL
Addit. T Theoret. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
0 0 0 0.045
5 5 4.75 5.25
0 0 0 0.045
5 5 4.75 5.25

Tripping permission
Provoke trips as in the previous section. Set the tripping permission at NO. The general trip must disappears in
outputs and leds. Enable the tripping permission again and check that the general trip is re-established.

Check for each phase in both percentage differential and instantaneous differential.

Tripping Percentage differential Instantaneous differential


permissio Phase A Phase B Phase C Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok
n

Locking input
Provoke trips as in the previous section. Set the locking input to 4. close this input and see if the pickups and
trips disappear. Leave the input open and check that the unit trips again. Set the input again to 0.

Any other available input can be assigned.

Locking Percentage differential Instantaneous differential Percent


input Phase A Phase B Phase C Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 150
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

2nd harmonic restraint


The following measurements are injected:

2nd harmonic 5th harmonic


Module (A) Angle
percentage percentage
PHASE A 6 0 0 0
PHASE B 0 0 0 0
WINDING 1
PHASE C 0 0 0 0
PHASE A 0 0 0 0
PHASE B 6 40 50% 50%
WINDING 2
PHASE C 0 0 0 0
PHASE A 0 0 0 0
PHASE B 0 0 0 0
WINDING 3
PHASE C 6 270 0 0

The differential protection settings must be as follows:

Transformer windings Transformation ratio


Wind 1 connection group Y Current transformation ratio circuit 1 1
Wind 2 connection group D Current transformation ratio circuit 2 1
Wind 2 time code D Current transformation ratio circuit 3 1
Wind 3 connection group 7 Volatge transformation ratio 1
Wind 3 time code 9 Neutral ratio 1 1
Nominal voltages Neutral ratio 2 1
Wind 1 rated voltage 1
Wind 2 rated voltage 1
Wind 3 rated voltage 1

Percentage differential
Enable YES
Sensitivity 0.3
Restraint current point 1 0.3
Restraint current point 2 1
Alpha 1 15
Alpha 2 50
Additional time 0
Tripping permission YES
Locking inputs 0

The differential and restraint current values are the following ones:

Module Module
DIFF. A 5.98 2nd HARM DIFF. A. 1 (16.72 %)
DIFF. B 9.26 2nd HARM DIFF B 2 (21,59 %)
DIFF. C 3.63 2nd HARM DIFF. C 1 (27.55%)
RESTRAINT A 2.489 5th HARM DIFF. A. 1 (16.72 %)
RESTRAINT B 3.821 5th HARM DIFF B 2 (21.59 %)
RESTRAINT C 1.333 5th HARM DIFF. C 1 (27.55%)

The 2nd harmonic restraint enabling is set to PHASES and the percentage to a 15 %. Check it does not trip by
percentage differential.

Increase the 2nd harmonic percentage setting to 17%. Phase A percentage differential trip must be activated.

Increase the 2nd harmonic percentage setting to 22%. Phase B percentage differential trip must be activated, so
phases A and B are tripped.

Increase the 2nd harmonic percentage setting to 28%. Phase C percentage differential trip must be activated, so all
the phases are tripped.

Change the enabling setting to YES and the percentage to a 15 %. Check it does not trip by percentage differential.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 151
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Increase the 2nd harmonic percentage setting to 17%. The trip has not been activated yet, because phases B and C
have a harmonic percentage higher than the setting one.

Continue increasing the restraint setting. Check that when reaching the 28 % the three phase strip.

2nd harm. Percentage differential


restraint Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok
NO
YES
PHASES

5th harmonic restraint


Follow the same steps as in 2nd harmonic restraint, using the same measurements, disabling the 2nd
harmonic restraint and changing the corresponding settings for the 5th harmonic restraint.

5th harm. Percentage differential


restraint Phase A Phase B PhaseC Ok
NO
YES
PHASES

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are
correctly signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the
injected fault. The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked. In the relay, it will be
checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from the last fault
will be checked through the keyboard display.

XI.4.2 Function 86
Function 86 activates the close locking output when a percentage or differential trip is given.

Settings
LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Differential trip
Output 3/Led3 Differential trip %
Output 4/Led4 Inst. differential trip
Output 5/Led5 Close locking

INPUT CONFIGURATION
Input 1 Close unlocking

Repeat a percentage differential trip in any of the ways explained in previous sections.

Check the close locking output is activated.

Deactivate the differential trip disabling the function or stopping injecting currents

The output must stay active.

Push key R. Output 5 must get active.

Keep input 1 in open state.

Provoke another percentage differential trip. Once it is deactivated, unlock the close by activating input 1.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 152
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Repeat the same operations provoking an instantaneous differential trip.

Function 86 Percentage differential Instantaneous differential Ok


Key R
Input

XI.4.3 Restricted earth


The restricted earth unit carries out the algebraic sum of the currents circulating through the neutral intake and the
residual current of this winding (in primary values) and if the module of this sum exceeds the setting it trips.

It has two units that have to be associate to some of the windings( never associated both to the same winding).

This function follows the following formula:

Ineutral1RTIneutral+3I0 windingRTI winding >IsettingRTI neutral


For the test, associate unit 1 to winding 1 and unit 2 to winding 2.

Keep transformer ratio to 1.

Simplifying, 1 A is only injected to phase A of the comparation winding in all the tests, so the three times its zero-
sequence current is the same as 1 A and a variable value in push-pull in the neutral corresponding. Then the formula
is:

Ineutral1 >(Isetting+1)

Settings
LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Overcurrent trip 1
Output 3/Led3 Overcurrent trip 2
Output 4/Led4 Overcurrent trip 3
Output 5/Led5 Restricted earth trip 1
Output 6/Led6 Restricted earth trip 2

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES. They will be tested by carrying out increasing slopes from 80%
up to 110% of the setting, noting down the value, for which the unit picks up. When reaching the trip point, stay there
for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains tripped. Then, it is decreasing in order to check the unit drop
percentage. The error is calculated in the pick up and drop.

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds. The output and led corresponding to the winding
overcurrent trip the neutral is associated with ( 1 for 1 and 2 for 2), have also to be activated.

Each earth restricted unit has to be dependently tested.

Setting Pick up Drops


(A) Min Max Earth 1 Earth 2 Min Max Earth 1 Earth 2 Ok
1 1.97 2.03 1.855 1.945
5 5.85 6.15 5.275 4.725
10 10.7 11.3 9.55 10.45

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 153
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Trip times
Currents are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different currents, noting down the time within which the instantaneous trips.

Isetting Additi. T IN Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Earth 1 Earth 2 Ok?


2 0 5 0 0 0.045
2 5 5 5 4.75 5.25

Trip permission
With the setting 1 A, 3 A are injected every neutral unit in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip permission at NO.
The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the genral trip is re-
established.

Carry put this test for every unit f restricted earth.

Trip permission Earth 1 Earth 2 Ok

Locking input
With the setting at 1 A, 3 A are injected every neutral unit in order to maintain the trip. Set the locking input at 4.
Close this input and check the picks up and trips disappear. Leave input open and check the unit trips again. Set the
input to 0.

Any other free input can be assigned.

Carry out this test for every restricted earth unit.

Locking input Earth 1 Earth 2 Ok

Comparation winding
Repeat the same operation, but changing the comparation winding setting in each case, without comparing both units
with the same winding.

Check it is correctly associated to each winding and that the overcurrent trip corresponding to that winding occurs in
outputs and leds.

Comparation winding Earth 1 Earth 2 Ok


1
2
3

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.4 Instantaneous-time unit of phase overcurrent. 50, 51


For each winding, any of the phases can cause the overcurrent trip, so, in order to check its correct operation, each of
the winding phases has to be tested independently.

Settings
LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Overcurrent trip 1
Output 3/Led3 Overcurrent trip 2
Output 4/Led4 Overcurrent trip 3

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 154
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES.

They will be tested by carrying out increasing slopes from 90% up to 110% of the setting, noting down the value for
which the unit picks up. When reaching the trip point, stay there for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains
tripped. Then, it is decreasing in order to check the unit drop percentage. The error is calculated in the pick up and
drop.

Carry out the test for the instantaneous unit and check they are repeated for the timed unit. Inject in each of the
phases in turns.

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds.

INSTANTANEOUS
Instantaneous winding 1
Setting Pickups Drops
(A) Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78


Instantaneous winding 2
Setting Pickups Drops
(A) Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78

Instantaneous winding 3
Setting Pickups Drops
(A) Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78

TIMED
Timed winding 1
Setting Pickups Drops
(A) Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78

Timed winding 2
Setting Pickups Drops
(A) Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Min Max PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78
Timed winding 3
Setting Pickups Drops
(A) Min Max PhaseA Min Max PhaseA Min Max PhaseA
1 0.97 1.03 1 0.97 1.03 1 0.97 1.03
5 4.85 5.15 5 4.85 5.15 5 4.85 5.15
10 9.7 10.3 10 9.7 10.3 10 9.7 10.3

Instantaneous unit trip times

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 155
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Currents are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different currents, noting down the time within which the instantaneous trips.

Winding 1
Isetting Additi. T IN Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 5 2 5 4.75 5.25
5 0 2 0 0 0.045
5 5 2 5 4.75 5.25

Winding 2
Isetting Additi. T IN Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 5 2 5 4.75 5.25
5 0 2 0 0 0.045
5 5 2 5 4.75 5.25


Winding 3
Isetting Additi. T IN Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 5 2 5 4.75 5.25
5 0 2 0 0 0.045
5 5 2 5 4.75 5.25

Timed unit trip times


Currents are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different currents, noting down the time within which the timed unit trips.

Definite time
Winding 1
Ipickup Addit. t I/ Ipickup Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 1 2 1 0.95 1.05
2 10 5 10 9.95 10.1

Winding 2
Ipickup Addit. t I/ Ipickup Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 1 2 1 0.95 1.05
2 10 5 10 9.95 10.1

Winding 3
Ipickup Addit. t I/ Ipickup Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 1 2 1 0.95 1.05
2 10 5 10 9.95 10.1

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 156
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Curve times
Winding 1
Ipickup Index I/Ipickup Curve Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok?
2 2 2 ANSI I 3.531 3.354 3.708
2 2 3 ANSI MI 1.074 1.02 1.128
2 2 4 ANSI EI 0.736 0.699 0.773
2 2 5 ANSI U 0.665 0.632 0.698
2 1 2 BSC I 10.029 9.528 10.530
2 1 3 BSC MI 6.75 6.413 7.088
2 1 4 BSC EI 5.333 5.0 5.6
2 1 5 BSC U 0.65 0.618 0.683

Winding 2
2 2 2 ANSI I 3.531 3.354 3.708
2 2 3 ANSI MI 1.074 1.02 1.128
2 2 4 ANSI EI 0.736 0.699 0.773
2 2 5 ANSI U 0.665 0.632 0.698
2 1 2 BSC I 10.029 9.528 10.530
2 1 3 BSC MI 6.75 6.413 7.088
2 1 4 BSC EI 5.333 5.0 5.6
2 1 5 BSC U 0.65 0.618 0.683


Winding 3
2 2 2 ANSI I 3.531 3.354 3.708
2 2 3 ANSI MI 1.074 1.02 1.128
2 2 4 ANSI EI 0.736 0.699 0.773
2 2 5 ANSI U 0.665 0.632 0.698
2 1 2 BSC I 10.029 9.528 10.530
2 1 3 BSC MI 6.75 6.413 7.088
2 1 4 BSC EI 5.333 5.0 5.6
2 1 5 BSC U 0.65 0.618 0.683

Trip permission
With the setting 1 A, 2 A are injected every neutral unit in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip permission at NO.
The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the general trip is re-
established.

Carry put this test for every phase in both instantaneous and time.

INSTANTANEOUS
Trip Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3
permission PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok

TIMED
Trip Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3
permission PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok

Locking input
With the setting at 1 A, 2 A are injected to every phase in order to maintain the trip. Set the locking input at 4. Close
this input and check the picks up and trips disappear. Leave input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input
to 0.

Any other free input can be assigned.

Carry out this test for every phase in both instantaneous and timed.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 157
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

INSTANTANEOUS
Locking Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3
input PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok

TIMED
Locking Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3
input PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC PhaseA PhaseB PhaseC Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking that the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.5 Unbalance overcurrent instantaneous-time unit.


These units act in order to exceed the 3I2 threshold (Negative sequence current).

In order to control the sequence value, act in the following way.

Current from the same module are injected in a balanced system with the values, and then phase A is increasing until
the protection trips.

For the unbalance test, 1 A is injected in each of the phases of the winding to be tested and the percentage of the
indicated setting is added to phase A.

IR

120 120

120

IT IS

When it trips the I2 of the trip will be calculated in order to see the error committed in the following way:

I2.trip(s)=(|IAtrip|-|Idefinite|)

Each of the winding is independently tested.

Settings
The output and led settings of the previous section are maintained.

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES. They will be tested by carrying out increasing slopes from 80%
up to 110% of the setting, noting down the value for which the unit picks up. When reaching the trip point, stay there
for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains tripped. Then, it is decreasing in order to check the unit drop
percentage. The error is calculated in the pick up and drop.

Carry out the test for the instantaneous unit and check they are repeated for the time unit.

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 158
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

INSTANTANEOUS
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok
1 1.95 2.05 1.80 1.89
2 2.90 3.10 2.46 2.63
5 5.75 6.25 4.88 5.31

TIMED
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok
1 1.95 2.05 1.80 1.89
2 2.90 3.10 2.46 2.63
5 5.75 6.25 4.88 5.31

Instantaneous unit trip times


Currents are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

The current value is reflected in the following table.

For this test the following is injected in the phases:

Module Angle
PHASE A 3 0
PHASE B 1 240
PHASE C 1 120

Isetting Addit. t Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok?
1 0 0 0 0.045
1 5 5 4.75 5.25

Timed unit trip times


The same currents as in those in the previous test are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for
different trip times is measured checking that the unit trips within the expected time.

Definite time
Ipickup Addit. t Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok?
1 0 0 0 0.045
1 1 1 0.95 5.25

Curve times
Ipickup Index I/Ipickup Curve Theore. t tmin tmax Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok?
1 2 2 ANSI I 3.531 3.354 3.707
1 2 2 ANSI MI 2.650 2.517 2.782
1 2 2 ANSI EI 3.489 3.314 3.663
1 2 2 ANSI U 1.515 1.439 1.590
1 0,4 2 BSC I 4.012 3.811 3 811
4.213
1 0,4 2 BSC MI 5.400 5.130 5.670
1 0,4 2 BSC EI 10.667 10.13 11.20
1 0,4 2 BSC U 1.040 3
0.988 0
1.092

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 159
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Trip permission
With the setting 1 A, currents are injected every neutral unit in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip permission at
NO. The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the general trip
is re-established.

Carry put this test for every winding in both instantaneous and timed.

INSTANTANEOUS
Trip permission Winding1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

TIMED
Trip permission Winding1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Locking input
With the setting at 1 A, currents are injected in order to maintain the trip. Set the locking input at 4. Close this input
and check the picks up and trips disappear. Leave input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input to 0.

Any other free input can be assigned.

Carry out this test for every winding in both instantaneous and timed.

INSTANTANEOUS
Locking input Winding1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

TIMED
Locking input Winding1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.6 Residual overcurrent instantaneous-time unit


These units act in order to exceed the 3I0 threshold (Residual current).

The instantaneous units have two levels of settings. So they have to be repeated for each of them, that is, it is like
having two instantaneous units.

In order to control the sequence value, act in the following way.

Currents from the same module are injected in a balanced system with the values, and then phase A is increasing until
the protection trips.

For the unbalance test, 1 A is injected in each of the phases of the winding to be tested and the percentage of the
indicated setting is added to phase

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 160
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

IR

120 120

120

IT IS

When it trips the I0 of the trip will be calculated in order to see the error committed in the following way:

I0.trip(s)=(|IAtrip|-|Idefinite|)

Each of the winding is independently tested.

Settings
The output and led settings of the previous section are maintained.

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES. They will be tested by carrying out increasing slopes from 80%
up to 110% of the setting, noting down the value for which the unit picks up. When reaching the trip point, stay there
for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains tripped. Then, it is decreasing in order to check the unit drop
percentage. The error is calculated in the pick up and drop.

Carry out the test for the instantaneous unit and check they are repeated for the time unit

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds.

INSTANTANEOUS
Level 1
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok
1 1.95 2.05 1.80 1.89
2 2.90 3.10 2.46 2.63
5 5.75 6.25 4.88 5.31

Level 2
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok
1 1.95 2.05 1.80 1.89
2 2.90 3.10 2.46 2.63
5 5.75 6.25 4.88 5.31

TIMED
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Min Max Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok
1 1.95 2.05 1.80 1.89
2 2.90 3.10 2.46 2.63
5 5.75 6.25 4.88 5.31

Instantaneous unit trip times


Currents are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

The current value is reflected in the following table.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 161
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

For this test the following is injected in the phases:

Module Angle
PHASE A 3 0
PHASE B 1 240
PHASE C 1 120

Level 1
Isetting Addit. t Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok?
1 0 0 0 0.045
1 5 5 4.75 5.25

Level 2
Isetting Addit. t Theore. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok?
1 0 0 0 0.045
1 5 5 4.75 5.25

Timed unit trip times


The same currents as in those in the previous test are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for
different trip times is measured checking that the unit trips within the expected time.

Definite time
Ipickup Addit. t Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok?
1 0 0 0 0.045
1 1 1 0.95 1.05

Curve times
Ipickup Index I/Ipickup Curve Theor. t tmin tmax Wind.1 Wind.2 Wind.3 Ok?
1 2 2 ANSI I 3.531 3.354 3.707
1 2 2 ANSI MI 2.650 2.517 2.782
1 2 2 ANSI EI 3.489 3.314 3.663
1 2 2 ANSI U 1.515 1.439 1.590
1 0.4 2 BSC I 4.012 3.811 4.213
1 0.4 2 BSC MI 5.400 5.130 5.670
1 0.4 2 BSC EI 10.667 10.13 11.200
1 0.4 2 BSC U 1.040 3
0.988 1.092

Trip permission
With the setting 1 A, currents are injected every neutral unit in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip permission at
NO. The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the general trip
is re-established.

Carry put this test for every winding in both instantaneous and timed

INSTANTANEOUS
Level 1
Trip permission Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Level 2
Trip permission Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

TIME
Trip permission Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Locking inputs
With the setting at 1 A, currents are injected in order to maintain the trip. Set the locking input at 4. Close this input
and check the picks up and trips disappear. Leave input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input to 0.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 162
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Any other free input can be assigned.

Carry out this test for every winding in both instantaneous and timed.

INSTANTANEOUS
Level 1
Locking inputs Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Level 2
Locking inputs Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

TIME
Locking inputs Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.7 Neutral overcurrent instantaneoustime units


It has two neutral units, that can be associated to any of the three windings (although both cannot be associated to the
same one) according to the comparation winding of restricted earth settings.

For the test, associate unit 1 with winding 1 and unit 2 with winding 2.

It has two instantaneous overcurrent levels for each neutral unit, which must be treated as two independent units.

LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION


Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Overcurrent trip 1
Output 3/Led3 Overcurrent trip 2
Output 4/Led4 Overcurrent trip 3
Output 5/Led5 Neutral trip 1
Output 6/Led6 Neutral trip 2

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES. They will be tested by carrying out increasing slopes from 90%
up to 110% of the setting, noting down the value for which the instantaneous picks up. When reaching the trip point,
stay there for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains tripped. Then, it is decreasing in order to check the unit
drop percentage. The error is calculated in the pick up and drop.

Carry out the test for the instantaneous units and check they are repeated for the time unit.

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds. The output and led correspondent to the overcurrent trip
of the winding the neutral unit is associated with ( 1 for 1 and 2 for 2) must also be activated.

INSTANTANEOUS
Level 1
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Min Max Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Min
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 163
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Level 2
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Min Max Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Min
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78

TIME
Setting Pick up (Inst. phase A) Drops (Inst. phase A)
(A) Min Max Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Min Max Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Min
1 0.97 1.03 0.921 0.978
5 4.85 5.15 4.6 4.89
10 9.7 10.3 9.21 9.78

Instantaneous unit trip times


Currents are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different currents, noting down the time within which the instantaneous trips.

Level 1
Isetting Addit. t I/ Isetting Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Neutral1 Neutral2 Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 5 2 5 4.75 5.25
5 0 2 0 0 0.045
5 5 2 5 4.75 5.25

Isetting Addit. t I/ Isetting Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Neutral1 Neutral2 Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 5 2 5 4.75 5.25
5 0 2 0 0 0.045
5 5 2 5 4.75 5.25

Timed unit trip times


Currents are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different currents, noting down the time within which the timed unit trips.

Definite time
Ipickup Addit.t I/ Ipickup Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Neutral1 Neutral2 Ok?
2 0 2 0 0 0.045
2 1 2 1 0.95 1,05
2 10 5 10 9.95 10.1

Curve time
Ipickup Index I/Ipickup Curve Theor. t tmin tmax Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Ok?
2 2 2 ANSI I 3.531 3.354 3.708
2 2 3 ANSI MI 1.074 1.02 1.128
2 2 4 ANSI EI 0.736 0.699 0.773
2 2 5 ANSI U 0.665 0.632 0.698
2 1 2 BSC I 10.029 9.528 10.53
2 1 3 BSC MI 6.75 6.413 7.088
2 1 4 BSC EI 5.333 5.0 5.6
2 1 5 BSC U 0.65 0.618 0.683

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 164
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Trip permission
With the setting 1 A, 2 A are injected every neutral unit in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip permission at NO.
The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the general trip is re-
established.

Carry put this test for every neutral unit in both instantaneous and timed

INSTANTANEOUS
Level 1 Level 2
Trip permission
Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Ok

TIME

Trip permission Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Ok

Locking input
With the setting at 1 A, 2 A are injected to every neutral unit, in order to maintain the trip. Set the locking input at 4.
Close this input and check the picks up and trips disappear. Leave input open and check the unit trips again. Set the
input to 0.

Any other free input can be assigned.

Carry out this test for every neutral unit in both instantaneous and timed.

INSTANTANEOUS
Locking Level 1 Level 2
input Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Neutral 1 Neutral 1

TIME
Locking input Neutral 1 Neutral 2 Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.8 5th harmonic overexcitation proteccin


This unit acts when one of more phases of winding 1 have a 5th harmonic percentage higher than the threshold, being
the fundamental current module higher than a value also determined by setting.

These tests have to be carried out with of the phases of winding 1.

LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION


Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 5th harmonic overexcitation trip

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES.

The minimum current us at 0.2 In and the pick up at 40%.

Inject 3 A in each phase in turns with a 50% component of the 5th harmonic.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 165
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Check the function trips for each phase.

Increase the minimum current at 1 In.

Check the trips are deactivated.

Re-establish the value of the previous minimum current and increase the pick up to a 60% so it must not trip.

Check the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds.

5th harmonic Pickups Drops


overexcitation A B C A B C Ok
Pick up
I.Min.

Trip times
The same currents as in those in the previous section are injected and the baud rate, with which the relay trips for
different trip times, is measured, checking that the unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different currents ands noting down the time in which the instantaneous picks up.

Pick up % Addit. T Theor. T tmin (s) tmax(s) Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?
25 0 0 0 0.045
25 5 5 4.75 5.25

Trip permission
With the setting at 25% , the previous section current is injected to every phase in order to maintain the trip. Set the
trip permission at NO. The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and
check the general trip is re-established.

Trip permission Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok?

Locking input
With the setting at 25 % the previous section current is injected to each phase in order to keep the trip. Set the
locking input at 4. Close this input and check pickups and trips disappear. Leave this input open and check the unit
trips again. Set the input at 0 again.

Any other free input can be assigned.

Locking input Phase A Phase B Phase C Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking that the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.9 V/f overexcitation protection


It disposes two units that have to be independently tested.

For this test, it is started from a fixed frequency ( the correspondent to the unit) and the voltage is varied.

LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION


Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 V/f overexcitation trip

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 166
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES.

The minimum voltage is at 50 and the pick up at 1.5.

Inject a 60 V voltage. The unit must not trip. Increase the voltage until it is checked that it trips for voltages higher
than 75 V. .

Increase the minimum voltage up to 80 V.

Check the trip is deactivated.

Also check the general trip occurs in both the outputs and leds.

V/f Pick ups Drops


overexcitation Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 1 Unit 2 Ok
Pick up
Min. V

Trip times
A 100 V voltage is injected to the same frequency and the baud rate the relay trips at for different trip times is also
measured. Check the unit trips within the expected time.

Pick up % Addit. T Theor. T tmin (s) tmax(s) Unit 1 Unit 2 Ok?


1 0 0 0 0.045
1 5 5 4.75 5.25

Trip permission
With the pick up setting at 1, 100 V are injected every neutral unit in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip
permission at NO. The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check
the general trip is re-established.

Trip permission Unit 1 Unit 2 Ok

Locking input
With the pickup setting at 1, 100 V is injected to each phase in order to keep the trip. Set the locking input at 4.
Close this input and check pickups and trips disappear. Leave this input open and check the unit trips again. Set the
input at 0 again.

Any other free input can be assigned.

Locking input Unit 1 Unit 2 Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals correspondent to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking that the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.10 Overvoltage unit


It is treated in a similar way to the instantaneous overcurrent units, but applying voltage instead of current.

LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION


Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Voltage trip

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 167
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Pickups drop
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES.They will be tested by carrying out increasing slopes from 90% up
to 110% of the setting, noting down the value for which the instantaneous picks up. When reaching the trip point, stay
there for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains tripped. Then, it is decreasing in order to check the unit
drop percentage. The error is calculated in the pick up and drop.

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds.

Setting Pick up Drops


(A) Min Max V Min Max V Ok
50 48.5 51.5 46.0 48.9
100 97 103 92.1 97.8

Trip times
A current is injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

Vsetting Addit. T V/Vsetting Theor. T tmin (s) tmax(s) Neutral1 Neutral2 Ok?
60 0,,5 1,2 0,5 0,475 0,545
60 5 1,2 5 4,75 5,25

Trip permission
With the setting at 60 V, 120 V are injected in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip permission at NO. The general
trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the general trip is re-established.

Trip permission Ok

Locking input
With the setting at 60 V, 120 V is injected to each phase in order to keep the trip. Set the locking input at 4. close
this input and check pickups and trips disappear. Leave this input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input
at 0 again. Any other free input can be assigned.

Locking input Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals correspondent to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking that the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.11 Undervoltage instantaneous-time unit.


Se dispone de una unidad temporizada e instantnea de subtensin por fase.

Settings
LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Undervoltage trip

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES. They will be tested by carrying out decreasing slopes from 110%
up to 90% of the setting, noting down the value for which the instantaneous picks up. When reaching the trip point,
stay there for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains tripped. Then, it is increasing in order to check the unit
drop percentage. The error is calculated in the pick up and drop.

Carry out the test for the instantaneous units and check they are repeated for the time unit.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 168
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds. The output and led correspondent to the undervoltage trip
of the winding the unit is associated with must also be activated.

INSTANTANEOUS
Setting Pick up Drops
(V) Min Max V Min Max V Ok
50 48,5 51,5 49,4 52,6
100 97 103 98,9 105,1



TIME
Setting Pick up Drops
(V) Min Max V Min Max V Ok
50 48,5 51,5 49,4 52,6
100 97 103 98,9 105,1

Instantaneous unit trip times


Voltages are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different voltages, noting down the time within which the instantaneous trips.

Vsetting Addit. t Vsetting/V Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) V Ok?


50 0 2 0 0 0,045
50 5 2 5 4,75 5,25
100 0 2 0 0 0,045
100 5 2 5 4,75 5,25

Timed unit trip times


Voltages are injected and the baud rate with which the relay trips for different trip times is measured checking that the
unit trips within the expected time.

It will be tested by injecting different voltages, noting down the time within which the timed unit trips.

Definite time
V pickup Addit. t Vsetting/V Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) V Ok?
100 0 2 0 0 0,045
100 1 2 1 0,95 1,05
100 10 5 10 9,95 10,1

Curve time
V pickup Index Vsetting/V Curve Theor. t tmin tmax V Ok?
100 2 2 ANSI I 3,531 3,354 3,708
100 2 3 ANSI MI 1,074 1,02 1,128
100 2 4 ANSI EI 0,736 0,699 0,773
100 2 5 ANSI U 0,665 0,632 0,698
100 1 2 BSC I 10,029 9,528 10,53
100 1 3 BSC MI 6,75 6,413 7,088
100 1 4 BSC EI 5,333 5,0 5,6
100 1 5 BSC U 0,65 0,618 0,683

Trip permission
With the setting at 100 V, 50 V are injected in order to maintain the trip. Set the trip permission at NO. The general
trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the general trip is re-established.

Carry put this test for undervoltage unit in both instantaneous and timed.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 169
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

INSTANTANEOUS
Trip permission Ok

TIME
Trip permission Ok

Locking input
With the setting at 100 V, 50 V is injected to each phase in order to keep the trip. Set the locking input at 4. close
this input and check pickups and trips disappear. Leave this input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input
at 0 again. Any other free input can be assigned.

INSTANTANEOUS
Locking input Ok

TIME
Locking input Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.12 Frequency protection


It disposes one protection unit of maximum frequency and another one of minimum frequency, which have 4 steps
that must be tested as independent units.

Settings
LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Maximum frequency trip
Output 3/Led3 Minimum frequency trip 1
Output 4/Led4 Minimum frequency trip 2
Output 5/Led5 Minimum frequency trip 3
Output 6/Led6 Minimum frequency trip 4

Drop pickups
Set the enabling of the function to be tested at YES. They will be tested by carrying out increasing slopes from 90%
up to 110% of the setting, noting down the value for which the instantaneous picks up. When reaching the trip point,
stay there for a while, checking no drop occurs, but it remains tripped. Then, it is decreasing. in case of maximum
frequency, and increasing, in case of minimum frequency, in order to check the unit drop percentage. The error is
calculated in the pick up and drop.

Check that the general trip occurs in both outputs and leds.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 170
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

For 50 Hz unit:

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
50.5 50.49 50.51 50.48 50.50

MINIMUM FREQUENCY
Step 1
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
49.5 49.49 49.51 49.50 49.52

Step 2
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
49.5 49.49 49.51 49.50 49.52

Step 3
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
49.5 49.49 49.51 49.50 49.52

Step 4
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
49.5 49.49 49.51 49.50 49.52

For 60 Hz unit:

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
60.5 60.49 60.51 60.48 60.50

MINIMUM FREQUENCY
Step 1
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
59.5 59.49 59.51 59.50 59.52

Step2
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
59.5 59.49 59.51 59.50 59.52

Step 3
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
59.5 59.49 59.51 59.50 59.52

Step 4
Setting Pick ups Drops
(A) Min Max Frequency Min Max Frequency Ok
59.5 59.49 59.51 59.50 59.52

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 171
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Trip times
50 V at 51 Hz are injected for 50 Hz units and 61 Hz for 60 Hz units in order to test the maximum frequency. The
baud rate at which the relay trips will be measured for different trip times checking the unit trips within the expected
time.

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY
Setting F. Addit. t Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Max freq. Ok?
50,5/60.5 0 0 0 0.045
50.5/60.5 5 5 4.75 5.25

50 V at 49 Hz are injected for 50 Hz units and 59 Hz for 60 Hz units in order to test the minimum frequency. The
baud rate at which the relay trips will be measured for different trip times checking the unit trips within the expected
time.

MINIMUM FREQUENCY
Setting F. Addit. t Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Min. F1 Min. F2 Min. F3 Min. F4 Ok?
49.5/59.5 0 0 0 0.045
49.5/59.5 5 5 4.75 5.25

Trip permission
Provoke each trip in the same way as in the previous section. Set the trip permission at NO. The general trip must
disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the trip permission again and check the general trip is re-established.

Trip permission Max. F. Min. F1 Min. F2 Min. F3 Min. F4 Ok

Locking input
Provoke each trip in the same way as in the previous section. Set the locking input at 4 and check the pickups and
trips disappear. Leave the input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input at 0 again.

Any free input can be assigned.

Locking input Max. F. Min. F1 Min. F2 Min. F3 Min. F4 Ok

Minimum voltage
With the unit tripped under the previous section conditions, low the voltage to 30 V. Check the trip is deactivated.
Increase up to 50 V and check it is activated again.

Increase the minimum voltage setting at 60. The trip is deactivated again.

Minimum voltage Max. F. Min. F1 Min. F2 Min. F3 Min. F4 Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals correspondent to pick up and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking that the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.13 Thermal image protection


The tests must be carried out independently for each of the three windings.

The start point is the settings indicated in this appendix.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 172
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Settings
LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
Output 1/Led1 General trip
Output 2/Led2 Thermal image trip 1
Output 3/Led3 Thermal image trip 2
Output 4/Led4 Thermal image trip 3

Trip times
Set the enabling of the function to test at YES. With a 0.2 In base current and heating and cooling constants equal to
3, vary the currents to be injected in the three phases in an unbalance system of the winding to be tested and check
the trip times.

Also check that the general trip occurs in both the outputs and leds.

Heating
Current Theor. t tmin (s) tmax(s) Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok
3 In 21.202 20.142 22.262
4 In 11.617 11.036 12.198

Trip permission
Keep the unit tripped. Set the trip permission at NO. The general trip must disappear in outputs and leds. Enable the
trip permission again and check the general trip is re-established.

Trip permission Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Locking input
Keep the unit tripped. Set the locking input at 4. Close this input and check the pickups and trips disappear. Leave
the input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input at 0 again.

Any free input can be assigned.

Locking input Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to warning and trip are correctly
signalled. In the same way, it will be also checked that the data of the fault report correspond to the injected fault.
The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking the data correspond to the injected fault.

XI.4.14 Breaker failure unit with overcurrent


Test independently the unit of each winding.

Settings
The unit to be tested is enabled and the position current is configures in 1 A and the reposition time in 2 sec.

In order to pick up the breaker failure unit, the phase instantaneous overcurrent unit of the winding to test is enabled,
setting the pick up in 2A and with an additional time of 0s.

LEDS OUTPUT CONFIGURATION


Output 1/Led1 Open failure with overcurrent 1
Output 2/Led2 Open failure with overcurrent 2
Output 3/Led3 Open failure with overcurrent 3

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 173
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

Tests to carry out


A current provoking the trip of the instantaneous unit is injected. From that moment on, the current will be maintained
over the phase reposition and the time the breaker failure unit lasts to trip, checking that it coincides with the definite
time setting (2 sec).

It will be checked that if the current decreases under the phase reposition current before the additional time is
elapsed, the failure pickup 52 drops.

Take into account that the current of any of the winding phases in relation to the phase reposition setting and the
neutral unit current associated to the winding.

Test both cases and check if both currents are taken into account.

For that purpose, the neutral unit, the current is going to be injected to, has to be associated to the winding to test.

T (s) T (s) T (s)


Trip I Reposit. I Addit.t Theor. t Ok?
Wind.1 Wind 2 Wind.3
Phases 2 1 2 2
Neutral 2 1 2 2

Locking input
Keep trip active. Set the locking input at 4. Close this input and check the pickups and trips disappear. Leave the
input open and check the unit trips again. Set the input at 0 again.

Any free input can be assigned

Locking input Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to the breaker failure unit are
correctly signalled. The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated. The information collected from
the last fault will be checked through the keyboard display, checking the data correspond to the injected fault.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 174
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.4.15 Statistical data


These tests are referred to each winding independently, so if the winding 1 breaker is opened , these functions are
only applicable to winding 1, meanwhile if the trip is general, it is applicable to the three windings.

INPUT CONFIGURATION
Input 1 Trip order 1
Input 2 Trip order 2
Input Trip order 3

Open 52
Check that every time a trip occurs in a winding, its opening counter is increased. Check that every time a general trip
occurs the counter of the three windings is increased, both in the display as in the statistical data screen of the
SIPCON program.

Check that when the set to 0 order is given, the opening counters are reseted.

Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok?


Winding trip 1/ Trip order 1 1 0 0
Winding trip 2/ Trip order 2 0 1 0
Winding trip 3/ Trip order 3 0 0 1
General trip 1 1 1
Opening order 1 1 1

KI2 sum
Check that every time the opening order is activated, the KI2 sum counter is increased in the statistical data screen of
the SIPCON program, being the I the current in the manual opening moment.

Change settings RTI1, RTI2 and RTI3 at 1000, 500 and 250.

The current values are injected according to Table XI.1 in the phase A of each winding.

(If RTI )2
K12 _ Wind :=
6
(KA)2
10
|Mod| KI2 Theoret. KI2 Ok?
Wind1 Ia (A) 2 Wind.1 4
Wind2 Ia (A) 2 Wind. 2 1
Wind3 Ia (A) 6 Wind. 3 2.25

Table XI.1

Check that when setting a winding counter at initial value, this is set at the setting value.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 175
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.4.16 Operation logic


These tests refer to each of the windings in an independent way, checking the opening and closing of each winding
independently.

OUTPUT LEDS CONFIGURATIN INPUT CONFIGURATIN


Output/Led 1 Open failure breaker 1 Input 1 Breaker 1 state
Output/Led 2 Open failure breaker 2 Input 2 Breaker 2 state
Output/Led 3 Open failure breaker 3 Input 3 Breaker 3 state
Output/Led 4 Close failure breaker 1 Input 4 Trip 1 order
Output/Led 5 Close failure breaker 2 Input 5 Trip 2 order
Output/Led 6 Close failure breaker 3 Input 6 Trip 3 order
Input 7 Close 1 order
Input 8 Close 2 order
Input 9 Close 3 order

Opening failure
The Breaker State input corresponding to each winding is activated. The digital input programmed as Trip 1 order is
activated, keeping active the input programmed as Breaker 1 state 1 and deactivating those of winding 2 and 3.
Time is measured from the moment the trip order is given until the output and led of Open Failure Breaker 1 is
activated, checking the set time is fulfilled. Also check that the winding 1 breaker failure event is correctly generated.
Carry out the same test for winding 2 and 3.

Open failure timing (s) Open failure 1 Open failure 2 Open failure 3 Ok?
5

Closing failure
Breaker State input corresponding to each winding is deactivated. The digital input programmed as Close 1 Order is
activated, keeping deactive the input programmed as Breaker 1 state and activating those of winding 2 and 3. Time
is measured from the moment the close order is given until the output and led of Close Failure Breaker 1 is activated,
checking the set time is fulfilled. Also check that the winding 1 breaker failure event is correctly generated. Carry out
the same test for winding 2 and 3.

Close failure timing (s) Close failure 1 Close failure 2 Close failure 3 Ok?
5

Trip sealing
Check in each winding, with the sealing setting at YES, that once a trip or open order is given, it remains active while
its breaker is not opened. In order to consider the breakers open, the corresponding inputs must be deactive and each
phase current must be lower than the phase reposition current of the breaker failure function setting.

Trip sealing Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok?

Closing sealing
Check in each winding, with the close sealing setting at YES, that once a close order is given, it remains active while
its breaker is not closed. In order to consider the breakers close, the corresponding inputs must be active.

Close sealing Winding 1 Winding 2 Winding 3 Ok?

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screen 3 that the signals corresponding to the open failure and close
failure unit are correctly signalled. The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 176
10BCHECKING AND INSPECTION TEST (PIT)

XI.4.17 Coil supervision


This test refers to each of the windings in an independent way, detecting if there is not continuity in them.

OUTPUT LEDS CONFIGURATIN INPUT CONFIGURATIN


Output/Led 1 Close circuit failure 1 Input 1 Close breaker 1 close supervision
Output/Led 2 Trip circuit failure 1 Input 2 Open breaker 1 close supervision
Input 3 Close breaker 1 trip supervision
Input 4 Open breaker 1 trip supervision
Output/Led 3 Close circuit failure 2 Input 5 Close breaker 2 close supervision
Output/Led 4 Trip circuit failure 2 Input 6 Open breaker 2 close supervision
Input 7 Close breaker 2 trip supervision
Input 8 Open breaker 2 trip supervision
Output/Led 5 Close circuit failure 3 Input 9 Close breaker 3 close supervision
Output/Led 6 Trip circuit failure 3 Input 10 Open breaker 3 close supervision
Input 11 Close breaker 3 trip supervision
Input 12 Open breaker 3 trip supervision

Testing method
With close breaker, if the input Close breaker 1 close supervision is deactivated after 20 seconds, it must give a
close circuit failure, activating that output. If the input is activated, the failure output must be deactivated after 20
seconds,

With close breaker, if the input Close breaker 1 trip supervision is deactivated after 20 seconds, it must give a trip
circuit failure, activating that output. If the input is activated, the failure output must be deactivated after 20
seconds.

With open breaker, if the input Open breaker 1 close supervision is deactivated after 20 seconds, it must give a
close circuit failure, activating that output. If the input is activated, the failure output must be deactivated after 20
seconds.

With open breaker, if the input Open breaker 1 trip supervision is deactivated after 20 seconds, it must give a trip
circuit failure, activating that output. If the input is activated, the failure output must be deactivated after 20
seconds.

Carry out the same test for winding 2 and 3.

Notes
It will be checked in the SIPCON program state screens that the signals corresponding to the breaker supervision are
correctly signalled.. The events obtained by the protection will also have to be checked.

In the relay, it will be checked that the outputs and leds have been correctly activated.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 177
11BDNP PROTOCOL

APPENDIX XII. DNP PROTOCOL

XII.1. INTRODUCTION
This function implements the DNP 3.0 level 2 based communication protocol in the protection units, as described in the next
documents:

Basic 4 Documents:

DNP V3.00 APPLICATION LAYER, DNP User Group, dnpal.doc_50 rev 0.03
DNP V3.00 DATA LINK LAYER, DNP User Group, dnpdl.doc_51 rev 0.02
DNP V3.00 DATA OBJECT LIBRARY, DNP User Group, dnpdol.doc_52 rev 0.02
DNP V3.00 TRANSPORT FUNCTIONS, DNP User Group, dnptf.doc_53 rev 0.01

Subset Definitions:

DNP V3.00 SUBSET DEFINITIONS, DNP User Group, subset.zip_54 rev 2.00
Technical Committee Bulletins.

All these documents can be obtained from the DNP User Group http://www.dnp.org/.

Besides the level 2 characteristics, higher level characteristics must be implemented as explained later on in the documents
that describe the implemented profile.

The control message treatment is independent, that is, the control messages can be answered simultaneously through the
front and the rear port.

XII.2. FUNCTION STRUCTURE


The DNP 3.0 function is divided in three levels that make up the protocol: data link layer, transport layer and application
layer.

Data link layer


Executed functions:

Control of the message integrity.


Both master and slave address checking.
Control of the FCB bit in both reception and transmission.
Control of the message repetition.
Treated messages:
Link reset
User process reset
Data link test function
User data with confirmation
User data without confirmation
Data link status request
Transport layer
The transport layer cuts the message to transmit, into pieces or rebuilds the message received, in case the data do not come
in an only message.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 178
11BDNP PROTOCOL

Application layer
The application function interprets the data messages received from the control centre.

Treated messages:

Confirmation message ( Function : CONFIRM )


Digital change request message.
Digital status request message.
Measurement request message.
Counter freeze message.
Counter request message.
Private data messages.
Synchronizing message.
Command direct execution message.
Time deviation message.

Retries are not executed in application layer.

INTERNAL INDICATIONS
Two internal indication octets (IIN) are sent in the responses of the remote. The used bits and their meaning are
explained below.

First octet :

Bit 0 : Message received for all addresses. It is send as 1 in the next message and then is set to 0.

Bit 1 : Class 1 data. It is used to indicate that there are digital changes still to be sent. It is kept as 1 while there are
changes and is set to 0 when all the changes have been sent.

Bit 2 : Class 2 data. It is used to indicate that there are analogue measurement changes still to be sending. It is kept
as 1 while there are changes.

Bit 3 : Class 3 data. It is used to indicate that there are counter changes still to be send. It is kept as 1 while there are
changes.

Bit 4 : Synchronization is required. It is activated during the pickup and is set to 0 when the synchronizing message is
received.

Bit 5 : Local status.

Bit 7: Units restart.

Second octet:
Bit 1 : Unknown objects.
Bit 2 : Qualifier, range or incorrect data fields.
Bit 3 : Overflow of the change queue. It is sent as 1 in a message and the set to 0.

IMPLEMENTED APPLICATION FUNCTIONS


Master to slave:
Code Function
0 CONFIRM
1 READ
2 WRITE
3 SELECT
4 OPERATE
5 DIRECT OPERATE
7 FUNCION : IMMEDIATE FREEZE Acknowledgment
8 IMMEDIATE FREEZE (No Acknowledgment)
9 FUNCION : IMMEDIATE FREEZE AND CLEAR- Acknowledgment

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 179
11BDNP PROTOCOL

Code Function
10 IMMEDIATE FREEZE AND CLEAR- No Acknowledgment
20 ENABLE SPONTANEOUS MESSAGES
21 DISABLE SPONTANEOUS MESSAGES
23 DELAY MEASUREMENT

NOTE: Only multiobject messages are admitted in the READ function and enabling and disabling of spontaneous messages.

Slave to master address:


Code Function
0 CONFIRM
129 RESPONSE
130 UNSOLICITED RESPONSE

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 180
11BDNP PROTOCOL

XII.3. DEVICE PROFILE DOCUMENT


DNP V3.00
DEVICE PROFILE DOCUMENT
Vendor Name: INGETEAM TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION S.A.
Device Name: PL250, PD250, PD500, PZ1000.
Highest DNP Level Supported:
For Requests Level 2 Device Function:
For Responses Level 2 Master Slave
Notable objects, functions, and/or qualifiers supported in addition to the Highest DNP Levels Supported (the complete list is
described in the attached table):
Maximum Data Link Frame Size (octets): Maximum Application Fragment Size (octets):
Transmitted 292 Transmitted 249( Configurable)
Received 292 Received 249
Maximum Data Link Re-tries: Maximum Application Layer Re-tries:
None
Fixed at 1 None
Configurable Configurable
Requires Data Link Layer Confirmation:
Never
Always
Sometimes Configurable
Requires Application Layer Confirmation:
Never
Always
When reporting Event Data
When sending multi-fragment responses
Sometimes
Configurable
Timeouts while waiting for:
Data Link Confirm None Fixed at _________ Variable Configurable
Complete Appl. Fragment None Fixed at _________ Variable Configurable
Application Confirm None Fixed at _________ Variable Configurable
Complete Appl. Response None Fixed at _________ Variable Configurable
Sends/Executes Control Operations:
WRITE Binary Outputs: Never Always Sometimes Configurable
SELECT/OPERATE Never Always Sometimes Configurable
DIRECT OPERATE Never Always Sometimes Configurable
DIRECT OPERATE NO ACK Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Count > 1 Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Pulse On Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Pulse Off Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Latch On Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Latch Off Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Queue Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Clear Queue Never Always Sometimes Configurable
Supports Collision Avoidance: Collision Avoidance Detection Method:
Configurable DCD
Counters Roll Over at:
Default Counter Object/Variation: No Counters Reported
No Counters Reported Configurable
Configurable 16 Bits
Default Object ______20______ 32 Bits
Default Variation ______1_______ Other Value _____________
Point-by-point list attached Point-by-point list attached

Sends Multi-Fragment Responses: Yes No

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 181
11BDNP PROTOCOL

XII.4. IMPLEMENTATION TABLE


RESPONSE
OBJECT REQUEST(slave must parse)
(master must parse)
Func
Obj Var Description Codes Qual Codes (hex) Func Codes Qual Codes (hex)
(dec)
1 0 Binary Input - All Variations 1 00,01,06, 07,08
1 1 Binary Input 1 00,01,06, 07,08 129 00,01
1 2 Binary Input with Status 1 00,01,06, 07,08
2 0 Binary Input Change - All Variations 1 06,07,08
2 1 Binary Input Change without Time 1 06,07,08 129, 130 28
2 2 Binary Input Change with Time 1 06,07,08 129, 130 28
2 3 Binary Input Change with Relative Time 1 06,07,08 129, 130 28
10 0 Binary Output - All Variations
10 1 Binary Output
10 2 Binary Output Status
12 0 Control Block - All Variations
12 1 Control Relay Output Block 3, 4, 5, 6 17, 28 129 Echo of request
12 2 Pattern Control Block
12 3 Pattern Mask
1, 7, 89,
20 0 Binary Counter - All Variations 00,01,06, 07,08
10
1, 7, 89,
20 1 32-Bit Binary Counter 00,01,06, 07,08 129 00,01
10
20 2 16-Bit Binary Counter
20 3 32-Bit Delta Counter
20 4 16-Bit Delta Counter
20 5 32-Bit Binary Counter without Flag
20 6 16-Bit Binary Counter without Flag
20 7 32-Bit Delta Counter without Flag
20 8 16-Bit Delta Counter without Flag
21 0 Frozen Counters - All Variations 1 06
21 1 32-Bit Frozen Counter 1 06 129 00,01
21 2 16-Bit Frozen Counter
21 3 32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter
21 4 16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter
21 5 32-Bit Frozen Counter with Time of Freeze
21 6 16-Bit Frozen Counter with Time of Freeze
21 7 32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter with Time of Freeze
21 8 16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter with Time of Freeze
21 9 32-Bit Frozen Counter without Flag
21 10 16-Bit Frozen Counter without Flag
21 11 32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter without Flag
21 12 16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter without Flag
22 0 Counter Change Event - All Variations 1 06,07,08
22 1 32-Bit Counter Change Event without Time 1 06,07,08 129, 130 28
22 2 16-Bit Counter Change Event without Time
22 3 32-Bit Delta Counter Change Event without Time
22 4 16-Bit Delta Counter Change Event without Time
22 5 32-Bit Counter Change Event with Time
22 6 16-Bit Counter Change Event with Time
22 7 32-Bit Delta Counter Change Event with Time
22 8 16-Bit Delta Counter Change Event with Time
23 0 Frozen Counter Events - All Variations
23 1 32-Bit Frozen Counter Event without Time
23 2 16-Bit Frozen Counter Event without Time
23 3 32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event without Time
23 4 16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event without Time
23 5 32-Bit Frozen Counter Event with Time
23 6 16-Bit Frozen Counter Event with Time
23 7 32-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event with Time

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 182
11BDNP PROTOCOL

RESPONSE
OBJECT REQUEST(slave must parse)
(master must parse)
Func
Obj Var Description Codes Qual Codes (hex) Func Codes Qual Codes (hex)
(dec)
23 8 16-Bit Frozen Delta Counter Event with Time
30 0 Analog Input - All Variations 1 00,01,06, 07,08
30 1 32-Bit Analog Input 1 00,01,06, 07,08
30 2 16-Bit Analog Input 1 00,01,06, 07,08
30 3 32-Bit Analog Input without flag
30 4 16-Bit Analog Input without flag 1 00,01,06, 07,08 129 00, 01
31 0 Frozen Analog Input - All Variations
31 1 32-Bit Frozen Analog Input
31 2 16-Bit Frozen Analog Input
31 3 32-Bit Frozen Analog Input with Time of Freeze
31 4 16-Bit Frozen Analog Input with Time of Freeze
31 5 32-Bit Frozen Analog Input without Flag
31 6 16-Bit Frozen Analog Input without Flag
32 0 Analog Change Event - All Variations 1 06,07,08
32 1 32-Bit Analog Change Event without Time
32 2 16-Bit Analog Change Event without Time 1 06,07,08 129, 130 28
32 3 32-Bit Analog Change Event with Time
32 4 16-Bit Analog Change Event with Time
33 0 Frozen Analog Event - All Variations
33 1 32-Bit Frozen Analog Event without Time
33 2 16-Bit Frozen Analog Event without Time
33 3 32-Bit Frozen Analog Event with Time
33 4 16-Bit Frozen Analog Event with Time
40 0 Analog Output Status - All Variations
40 1 32-Bit Analog Output Status
40 2 16-Bit Analog Output Status
41 1 32-Bit Analog Output Block
41 2 16-Bit Analog Output Block
50 0 Time and Date - All Variations
50 1 Time and Date 2 07 quantity = 1
50 2 Time and Date with Interval
51 0 Time and Date CTO - All Variations
51 1 Time and Date CTO 129 07, quantity=1
51 2 Unsynchronized Time and Date CTO 129 07, quantity=1
52 0 Time Delay - All Variations
52 1 Time Delay Coarse
52 2 Time Delay Fine 129 07, quantity=1
60 0 Not Defined
60 1 Class 0 Data 1 06
1 06,07,08
60 2 Class 1 Data
20, 21 06
1 06,07,08
60 3 Class 2 Data
20, 21 06
1 06,07,08
60 4 Class 3 Data
20, 21 06
70 1 File Identifier
80 1 Internal Indications 2 00index=7
81 1 Storage Object
82 1 Device Profile
83 1 Private Registration Object 1, 2 06,17(quantity=1) 129 17(quantity=1)
83 2 Private Registration Object Descriptor
90 1 Application Identifier
100 1 Short Floating Point
100 2 Long Floating Point
100 3 Extended Floating Point
101 1 Small Packed Binary-Coded Decimal
101 2 Medium Packed Binary-Coded Decimal
101 3 Large Packed Binary-Coded Decimal
No Object 23

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 183
11BDNP PROTOCOL

XII.5. PARAMETER CONFIGURATION

XII.5.1 Generals
Names that appear in the CHANGE SETTINGS menu:

UCL ADDRESS:
DNP address of the remote (PD500).

Value from 0 up to 65534.

Factory value : 4

MASTER ADDRESS:
Address of the master station that interrogates the protection.

Value from 0 up to 65534.

Factory value : 0

Baud Rate :
Communication speed.

Possible values : 300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200 and 38400 bauds.

Factory value 9600.

PARITY :
Parity.

Allowed values: Even or without parity.

Factory value: Without parity.

STOP BIT:
Stop bits.

Allowed values : 1 or 2.

Factory value : 1 stop bit.

RTS.ACT T.:
Waiting time for the RTS activation.

It is the time the unit waits since it receives a message, before activating the RTS to transmit the response. Unit :
milliseconds .

Values from 5 up to 1000.

Factory value : 40

RESP. WAIT. T.:


Response waiting time.

It is the time the unit waits for the response to a message before making a retry or giving failure. Unit : Second
hundredths.

Values from 5 up to 500.

Factory value : 20

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 184
11BDNP PROTOCOL

RESEND. T.
It is the time in seconds that the unit waits to retry the sending of non requested messages when it does not obtain
data link and application confirmation for a previous sending and its retry after the response waiting time T.ESP.RES.

Factory value: 5

DCD. WAIT. T:
Fixed waiting time in second hundredths that the unit waits since it is advised that it can transmit through the DCD.

Factory value: 0

WAIT. T
Variable waiting time. It can take values from 0 up to 7. According to this value the maximum value that the second
hundredths can take is obtained. This value is a random value from 0 up to that maximum.

0255 1127 263 331 415 57 63 71

Factory value: 1

COLLISION:
If the value is 1 a treatment to prevent collisions is executed. If the value is 0 the DCD is checked.

Factory value : NOT ENABLED

COM TYPE:
Selects out of RS232 or RS485.

Factory value : RS485

CTS WAIT. T:
Time in second thousandths that is waited to transmit after activating the RTS to leave time to see the CTS.

Factory value : 4

ESTABI T.:
Time in second thousandths that is waited after receiving the last character.

Factory value : 4

SYNCHRO T..:
Time in minutes to activate the bit that indicates the control centre that the synchronization is required.

Factory value: 1

MEAS VAR:
Value of the variation in counts that a measurement has to experience in order to generate a class 2 change. If the
value is 0 no change is generated.

Factory value : 50

COUNT VAR.:
Value of the variation in accounts that a counter must experiment in order to generate a class 3 change. If the value is
0 no change is generated.

Factory value : 500

MESS.SEND:
Allows generating and sending unrequested messages with class 1, 2 or 3 data.

Factory value: NOT ENABLED.

MEASUREMENT FORMAT:
selects between the different formats for DNP3 measurements sending. Possible values::

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 185
11BDNP PROTOCOL

COUNTS: the measurements are sent with a maximum value of 4095 with corresponds with the scale width.
CALCULATED 1: See the following table
CALCULATED 2: See the following table
CALCULATED 3: See the following table
Factory value: COUNTS.

MEASUREMENT FORMAT
Magnitude COUNTS CALCULATED 1 CALCULATED 2 CALCULATED 3
VOLTAGE Counts 3276.7 KV 327.67 KV 327.67 KV
CURRENT Counts 32767 A 3276.7 A 3276.7 A
POWER Counts 3276.7 MW 327.67 MW 327.67 MW
FREQUENCY Counts 3276.7 Hz 3276.7 Hz 327.67 Hz
POWER FACTOR Counts 327.67 327.67 327.67

XII.5.2 DNP points


The transmitted signals and the order they transmit in are programmable among the available ones. The programming
is carried out through the SIPCON/P protection Console, where each DNP signal position is assigned the signal to
send.

DNP configurable points are the following ones:

Digital signals
Analogue measurements
Counters
Command orders
In the section DNP point list the available signals are indicated.

In figure XI.1 the configuration screen is shown.

XI.1 Signal programming screen

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 186
11BDNP PROTOCOL

XII.6. DNP3 POINT LIST


The points sent and their position can be configured by the user. In the following sections the available points are shown as
well as the values, they leave the factory with.

XII.6.1 Digital signals


In the following list the digital signals treated (changes and status) are shown and the order they leave the factory with
is also indicated. The disital signal treated (changes and states) are indicated in the section Control messages in
volume 1. only the available signals can be configured; in case of configuring more signals than the DNP number, they
will be corrected as Free, that is, if only 144 signals are available and a signal is going to be configured in position
150, it will not be allowed.

XII.6.2 Analogue measurements


The measurements transmitted and the order they are sent is can be programmable. The programming is carried out
through the SIPCON/P protection console.

Measurement format (representation of 32767 to 32767)


DNP ID 0 1 2 3 Valid range*1 Meaning
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IR Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IS Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IT Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IAVERAGE Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IR Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IS Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IT Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 KV 327,67 KV 327,67 KV IN * 1,2 IAVERAGE Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 32767 A 3276,7 A 3276,7 A IN * 1,2 IR Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 32767 A 3276,7 A 3276,7 A IN * 1,2 IS Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 32767 A 3276,7 A 3276,7 A IN * 1,2 IT Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 32767 A 3276,7 A 3276,7 A IN * 1,2 IAVERAGE Module Winding
Prog. Counts* 32767 A 3276,7 A 3276,7 A VN * 1,2 Voltage
Prog. Counts* 3276,7 Hz 3276,7 Hz 327,67 Hz 70 Frequency

*Background scale when configuring in counts:


The background scale sent in DNP3 will be always of 4095 counts (inner units), so the valid range will be up to
4095.The correspondence between this magnitude and the value in physical units can be calculated by using the
following formula.

Voltage = 20% over the nominal value


Currents = 20% over the nominal value
Frequency = 70 Hz
MAGNITUDE TYPE DNP3 background scale Background scale in physical units
SIMPLE VOLTAGES 4095 VN * 1,2
CURRENTS 4095 IN* 1,2
FREQUENCY 4095 70
* VN Simple nominal current.
*IN Phase nominal current.
*1 Valid for cases 1, 2 and 3. Outside this range accuracy is lost.

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 187
11BDNP PROTOCOL

XII.6.3 Command orders


The command orders sent can be configured by user. In the following table the configuration they leave the factory
with is indicated.

DNP ID Action
1 to 20 Activate any relay from 1 to 20
22 Open breaker
24 Close breaker
35 Open breaker 1
38 Close breaker 1
36 Open breaker 2
39 Close breaker 2 Pol. Ind. Artunduaga Usausuaga, 7 - 1
48970 Basauri, Vizcaya, Spain
37 Open breaker 3
Tel +34 94 601 8900
40 Close breaker 3
Fax +34 94 601 8901
30 Unlock the closing (function 86)
ingeteamtd@ingeteam.com

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.


PD500 User Manual 188
Parque Tecnolgico de Bizkaia Edificio 108
11BDNPBizkaia,
48170 Zamudio, PROTOCOL
Spain
Tel +34 94 601 8900
Fax +34 94 601 8901
ingeteamtd@ingeteam.com

Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution, S.A.


Ingeteam Transmission & Distribution S.A.
www.ingeteam.com
PD500 User Manual 189

You might also like